WO2024131611A1 - 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024131611A1
WO2024131611A1 PCT/CN2023/138376 CN2023138376W WO2024131611A1 WO 2024131611 A1 WO2024131611 A1 WO 2024131611A1 CN 2023138376 W CN2023138376 W CN 2023138376W WO 2024131611 A1 WO2024131611 A1 WO 2024131611A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
signaling
target wake
monitor
device group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/138376
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘铮
张晓博
Original Assignee
上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 filed Critical 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024131611A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024131611A1/zh

Links

Definitions

  • the present application relates to a transmission method and device in a wireless communication system, and more particularly to a low-power transmission scheme and device in wireless communication.
  • the application scenarios of future wireless communication systems are becoming more and more diversified, and different application scenarios have different performance requirements for the system.
  • the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partner Project) RAN (Radio Access Network) #72 plenary meeting decided to study the new air interface technology (NR, New Radio) (or 5G), and the WI (Work Item) of the new air interface technology (NR, New Radio) was passed at the 3GPP RAN #75 plenary meeting, and the standardization work on NR began.
  • the present application discloses a solution.
  • the wake-up signal in the present application is also applicable to other scenarios facing similar problems (such as other scenarios that require pre-wake-up, including but not limited to capacity enhancement systems, short-range communication systems, unlicensed frequency domain communications, IoT (Internet of Things), URLLC (Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication) networks, and Internet of Vehicles, etc.), and similar technical effects can also be achieved.
  • capacity enhancement systems such as but not limited to capacity enhancement systems, short-range communication systems, unlicensed frequency domain communications, IoT (Internet of Things), URLLC (Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication) networks, and Internet of Vehicles, etc.
  • URLLC Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication
  • the present application discloses a method in a first node in wireless communication, characterized by comprising:
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • whether to monitor the first signaling is determined by the first information block or the target wake-up signal, thereby supporting different paging wake-up or indication mechanisms and enhancing configuration flexibility.
  • the network dynamically adjusts the wake-up or indication mechanism as needed to optimize power consumption.
  • the above method is characterized in that the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups, and G1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second device group is one of the G1 device groups, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the second device group; the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets, any one of the X1 configuration sets includes at least one configuration parameter value, and X1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the target configuration set is a configuration set among the X1 configuration sets, and the target configuration set includes at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the target configuration set is determined by the identifier of the first device group, so as to support different types of wake-up signal receivers and enhance implementation flexibility.
  • wake-up signals with different configurations are supported, thereby optimizing the design of the wake-up signal.
  • the above method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first device group is one of X2 device groups, the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively, any one of the X2 device groups includes at least one user device, and X2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the first identifier and the second identifier are two different identifiers among the X2 identifiers, respectively, a user device included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is assigned the first identifier, and a user device included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identifier or is assigned the second identifier.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling, and the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling; the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • the present application discloses a method in a second node in wireless communication, characterized by comprising:
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether the first signaling is monitored, and the first signaling is used to determine whether the second signaling is monitored; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the above method is characterized in that the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups, and G1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second device group is one of the G1 device groups, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the second device group; the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets, any one of the X1 configuration sets includes at least one configuration parameter value, and X1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the target configuration set is a configuration set among the X1 configuration sets, and the target configuration set includes at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the above method is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first device group is one of X2 device groups, the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively, any one of the X2 device groups includes at least one user device, and X2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the first identifier and the second identifier are two different identifiers among the X2 identifiers, respectively, a user device included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is assigned the first identifier, and a user device included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identifier or is assigned the second identifier.
  • the above method is characterized in that the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling, and the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling; the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • the present application discloses a first node device for wireless communication, characterized in that it includes:
  • a first transceiver receiving a first information block and monitoring a target wake-up signal, wherein the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal;
  • a first receiver determines whether to monitor the first signaling and determines whether to monitor the second signaling
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the present application discloses a second node device for wireless communication, characterized in that it includes:
  • a second transceiver sending a first information block and sending a target wake-up signal, wherein the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal;
  • a first transmitter sending a first signaling and sending a second signaling
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether the first signaling is monitored, and the first signaling is used to determine whether the second signaling is monitored; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • FIG1 shows a flowchart of a first information block, a target wake-up signal, a first signaling, and a second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG3 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG4 shows a schematic diagram of a first node device and a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG5 shows a wireless signal transmission flow chart according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG6 shows another wireless signal transmission flow chart according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 shows a schematic diagram of a target wake-up signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of a G1 device group according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 shows a schematic diagram of a target configuration set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram showing a first identifier and a second identifier according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram showing a relationship among a target wake-up signal, a first signaling, and a second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG12 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device in a first node device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 13 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device in a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiment 1 illustrates a flowchart 100 of a first information block, a target wake-up signal, a first signaling, and a second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG1.
  • each box represents a step, and it should be emphasized that the order of the boxes in the figure does not limit the temporal sequence between the steps represented.
  • the first node device in the present application receives a first information block and monitors a target wake-up signal in step 101, and the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; the first node device in the present application determines whether to monitor a first signaling and determines whether to monitor a second signaling in step 102; wherein the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the first information block is transmitted via an air interface or a wireless interface.
  • the first information block includes all or part of a high-layer signaling or a physical layer signaling.
  • the first information block includes all or part of an RRC (Radio Resource Control) layer signaling, or the first information block includes all or part of a MAC (Medium Access Control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • the first information block includes all or part of a system information block (SIB, System Information Block).
  • SIB system information block
  • the first information block includes all or part of a SIB1.
  • the first information block is user equipment specific (UE-specific), or the first information block is cell specific (cell-specific).
  • the first information block is configured per carrier (carrier), or the first information block is configured per BWP (bandwidth part), or the first information block is configured per frequency band (band) or per frequency range (FR, Frequency Range).
  • the first information block includes all or part of the fields in the DCI (Downlink Control Information) format.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the first information block includes all or part of the IE (Information Element) "PCCH-Config"; or the first information block includes all or part of the IE “DownlinkConfigCommonSIB"; or the first information block includes all or part of the IE "WUS-Config-r19"; or the first information block includes all or part of the IE "LPWUS-Config-r19"; or the first information block includes all or part of the IE "WUS-Config”; or the first information block includes all or part of the IE "LPWUS-Config".
  • the first information block includes all or part of the paging configuration information.
  • the first information block includes all or part of the downlink public configuration information.
  • the first information block includes all or part of the wake-up signal configuration information.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal” includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal” includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate all or part of the configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal” includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets in this application.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal” includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine a set of configuration parameter values including at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is a low power wake-up signal (LP-WUS, Low Power Wake Up Signal).
  • LP-WUS Low Power Wake Up Signal
  • the target wake-up signal is a square wave signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is an OOK (On/Off Keying) signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is a signal using an OOK and a constant envelope sequence.
  • the target wake-up signal is a signal using FSK and constant envelope sequence.
  • the target wake-up signal is a signal used to wake up a complete baseband processing function of a receiver.
  • the target wake-up signal is a signal used to wake up the monitoring or reception of PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel).
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the target wake-up signal is a baseband signal or a radio frequency signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is generated by OFDM.
  • the target wake-up signal is used to reduce power consumption.
  • the target wake-up signal is used in RRC (Radio Resource Control) idle state (idle) or RRC inactive state (Inactive).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Idle idle state
  • RRC inactive state Inactive
  • the target wake-up signal can be used in RRC (Radio Resource Control) idle state (idle), RRC inactive state (Inactive) and RRC connected state (connected).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • a bit block and a characteristic sequence are used together through OOK to generate the target wake-up signal.
  • a bit block generates the target wake-up signal through at least one or more of OOK modulation, transform precoding, mapping to physical resources, OFDM baseband signal generation, modulation and upconversion.
  • a bit block generates the target wake-up signal by at least one or more of oversampling or spreading/extension or repetition, transform precoding, mapping to physical resources, OFDM baseband signal generation, modulation and upconversion.
  • a bit block generates the target wake-up signal by at least one or more of oversampling or spreading/extension or repetition, sequence generation or modulation, transform precoding, mapping to physical resources, OFDM baseband signal generation, modulation and upconversion.
  • the monitoring of the target wake-up signal is implemented at radio frequency (Radio Frequency).
  • the monitoring of the target wake-up signal is implemented at an intermediate frequency (Intermediate Frequency).
  • the monitoring of the target wake-up signal is achieved through correlation.
  • the monitoring of the target wake-up signal is achieved through energy detection.
  • the monitoring of the target wake-up signal is achieved through envelope detection and decoding.
  • the monitoring of the target wake-up signal is achieved through envelope detection and correlation.
  • the monitoring method of the target wake-up signal is implementation-dependent.
  • the receiver used for monitoring the target wake-up signal is implementation-dependent.
  • the target wake-up signal has only one configuration parameter.
  • the target wake-up signal has multiple configuration parameters.
  • one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a value of one field in the IE used to configure the wake-up signal.
  • a configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a value of a field included in the first information block.
  • any configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is the value of a field included in the first information block.
  • one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a parameter value used to configure a time domain resource of the target wake-up signal.
  • one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a parameter value used to configure a sequence resource adopted by the target wake-up signal.
  • one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a parameter value used to configure the number of all or part of the information bits carried by the target wake-up signal.
  • one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a parameter value used to configure the number of bits included in at least one field carried by the target wake-up signal.
  • one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal is a parameter value used to configure a modulation mode (OOK or FSK) of the target wake-up signal.
  • the first signaling is transmitted via PDCCH.
  • the first signaling is transmitted via PDCCH with PS-RNTI scrambled CRC.
  • the first signaling includes high-level information.
  • the first signaling includes core network information.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling” and “receiving the information carried by the first signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling” and “decoding the first signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling" and “monitoring the PDCCH candidates carrying the first signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling” and “decoding the PDCCH candidates that may carry the first signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions “monitoring the first signaling” and “blindly decoding the first signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling” and “decoding and performing CRC check on the first signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling” and “decoding the first signaling and performing CRC check on RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identity) scrambling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of “monitoring the first signaling” and “decoding the first signaling for one or more DCI (Downlink Control Information) formats (Format(s))” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the first signaling" and “decoding the first signaling for one or more DCI payload sizes” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the second signaling is PDCCH.
  • the second signaling is a paging PDCCH.
  • the second signaling includes all or part of the fields in the paging DCI format.
  • the second signaling is a PDCCH of a P-RNTI scrambled CRC.
  • the second signaling includes all or part of the fields in DCI format 1_0.
  • the second signaling carries high-level information.
  • the second signaling carries physical layer information.
  • the second signaling carries core network information.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the second signaling” and “receiving the information carried by the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the second signaling” and “decoding the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the second signaling" and “monitoring the PDCCH candidates carrying the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the second signaling" and “decoding the PDCCH candidates that may carry the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions “monitor the second signaling” and “blindly decode the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the second signaling” and “decoding and performing CRC check on the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of “monitoring the second signaling” and “decoding the second signaling for one or more DCI (Downlink Control Information) formats (Format(s))” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the two expressions of "monitoring the second signaling" and “decoding the second signaling for one or more DCI payload sizes” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal is the first node device.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal and “the first node device” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal is a user device included in the first device group.
  • the first device group only includes monitors of the target wake-up signal.
  • the first device group also includes user devices other than the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the first device group is configurable, or the first device group is predefined.
  • the user equipment included in the first equipment group is assigned by the core network.
  • the user equipment included in the first equipment group is determined according to the capabilities of the user equipment.
  • the first device group is a subset (or subgroup) of a user device set (or user device group) corresponding to the same PO.
  • the first device group is a subset (or subgroup) of a set of user devices (or user device group) monitoring the same PO.
  • the first device group is a subset (or subgroup) of the user equipment set (or user equipment group) corresponding to the timing occupied by the second signaling.
  • the first device group is a subset (or subgroup) of a user equipment set (or user equipment group) that can monitor the second signaling.
  • the user equipment included in the first device group is determined according to the type of the wake-up signal receiver of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment included in the first equipment group is determined according to the type of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment included in the first device group is determined according to whether the user equipment has a subgroup ID allocated by the core network and whether the user equipment supports the core network to allocate subgroups.
  • the user equipment included in the first equipment group is determined based on whether the user equipment has an index or identifier of at least one of the X1 configuration sets in the present application allocated by the core network and whether the user equipment supports the index or identifier of at least one of the X1 configuration sets allocated by the core network.
  • all user equipment included in the first device group supports core network allocation subgroups.
  • all user equipment included in the first device group support the core network to allocate an index or identifier of at least one of the X1 configuration sets in this application.
  • all user devices included in the first device group support core network allocated subgroups and have core network allocated subgroup IDs that are equal to a same predefined value.
  • all user devices included in the first device group support the index or identifier of the target configuration set in the present application allocated by the core network in the X1 configuration sets in the present application, and the index or identifier of the target configuration set allocated by the core network in the X1 configuration sets is equal to a predefined value.
  • all user devices included in the first device group support core network allocated subgroups and the subgroup IDs allocated by the core network belong to the same predefined value range.
  • all user devices included in the first device group support the core network assigning the target configuration set in this application an index or identifier in the X1 configuration sets in this application, and the index or identifier of the target configuration set assigned by the core network in the X1 configuration sets belongs to a predefined range of values.
  • all user equipment included in the first equipment group have the same or similar wake-up signal receiving capability.
  • all user equipments included in the first equipment group adopt the same or similar wake-up signal receivers.
  • all user equipment included in the first device group do not support core network allocation subgroups.
  • all user equipment included in the first device group do not support the core network assigning an index or identifier of any one of the X1 configuration sets.
  • all user devices included in the first device group do not support core network allocation subgroups or support core network allocation subgroups but have core network allocated subgroup IDs that are equal to a same predefined value.
  • all user devices included in the first device group do not support the core network assigning an index or identifier of any one of the X1 configuration sets in this application, or support the core network assigning an index or identifier of at least one of the X1 configuration sets, but the index or identifier of the configuration set assigned by the core network is equal to the same predefined value.
  • all user devices included in the first device group do not support the core network allocation subgroup or support the core network
  • the subgroups are allocated but all the subgroup IDs allocated by the core network belong to the same predefined value range.
  • all user devices included in the first device group do not support the core network assigning an index or identifier of any one of the X1 configuration sets in this application, or support the core network assigning an index or identifier of at least one of the X1 configuration sets, but the indexes or identifiers of the configuration sets assigned by the core network all belong to the same predefined range of values.
  • the user equipment included in the first equipment group is determined according to an identifier of the user equipment.
  • the modulo values of the identifiers of all user equipment included in the first equipment group with respect to a configuration or predefined parameter are equal.
  • GroupID represents the identifier of the first device group
  • N represents the number of paging frames in the DRX cycle
  • Ns represents the number of paging occasions corresponding to one paging frame
  • GroupNum represents the number of configured or predefined device groups.
  • GroupID represents the identifier of the first device group
  • N represents the number of paging frames in the DRX cycle
  • Ns represents the number of paging occasions corresponding to one paging frame
  • GroupNum represents the number of configured or predefined device groups
  • Offset represents a configurable or predefined offset value.
  • the target wake-up signal being detected means that information carried by the target wake-up signal is received.
  • the target wake-up signal being detected means that the information bits carried by the target wake-up signal are correctly decoded.
  • the target wake-up signal being detected means that energy detection of the target wake-up signal exceeds a configured or predefined threshold.
  • the target wake-up signal being detected means that a power value of envelope detection of the target wake-up signal exceeds a configured or predefined threshold.
  • the target wake-up signal being detected means that a correlation peak of the correlation detection of the target wake-up signal exceeds a configured or predefined threshold.
  • the target wake-up signal being detected means that a CRC check on bits carried by the target wake-up signal passes.
  • the criterion for determining whether the target wake-up signal is detected is implementation-dependent.
  • the criterion for determining whether the target wake-up signal is detected does not need to be defined by a standard protocol.
  • whether the target wake-up signal is detected is implementation-dependent.
  • whether the target wake-up signal is detected is implemented under the condition that corresponding requirements are met.
  • whether the target wake-up signal is detected is implementation-related, and the detection of the target wake-up signal satisfies at least one of the three requirements of corresponding miss detection probability (miss detection probability/rate), false detection probability (false detection probability/rate), and false alarm probability (false alarm probability/rate).
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal carries an index or identifier of the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: at least one bit in the bit block carried by the target wake-up signal is used for the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal includes at least one bit used for the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal includes at least one bit corresponding to the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block including an index or an identifier of the first device group is used to generate the target wake-up signal.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block including bits used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first device group is used to generate the target wake-up signal.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: the bit value of at least one bit corresponding to the first device group carried by the target wake-up signal is set to a predefined value ("1" or "0").
  • the predefined value is a bit value representing being awakened.
  • the position of the bit corresponding to the first device group in the multiple bits carried by the target wake-up signal is configured or predefined.
  • the position of the bit corresponding to the first device group in the multiple bits carried by the target wake-up signal is related to the identifier or index of the first device group.
  • the position of the bit corresponding to the first device group in the multiple bits carried by the target wake-up signal is related to the identifier of the first node device.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal is used to wake up at least one user equipment included in the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal is used to at least instruct at least one user equipment included in the first device group to monitor the paging PDCCH or PEI.
  • the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal is used to at least indicate to start a complete baseband processing function of at least one user equipment included in the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal does not carry an index or identifier of the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block carried by the target wake-up signal does not include any bit specifically used for the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal does not include any bit that is specifically used for the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: the bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal does not include any bit specifically corresponding to the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: the bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal does not include an index or identifier of the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: a bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal does not include a bit used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the first device group.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group
  • the bit value of at least one bit corresponding to the first device group carried by the target wake-up signal is set to a predefined value ("0" or "1").
  • the predefined value is a bit value representing not being awakened.
  • the position of the bit corresponding to the first device group in the multiple bits carried by the target wake-up signal is configured or predefined.
  • the position of the bit corresponding to the first device group in the multiple bits carried by the target wake-up signal is related to the identifier or index of the first device group.
  • the position of the bit corresponding to the first device group in the multiple bits carried by the target wake-up signal is related to the identifier of the first node device.
  • the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group includes: the target wake-up signal is only used to wake up user equipment outside the first device group.
  • the technical features when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group" and "if the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group" are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meanings: at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the first node device in the application is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: both the first information block and the target wake-up signal are used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used by the first node device to determine whether it is required to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: all or part of the information bits carried by the target wake-up signal are used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: at least one bit in the bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: at least one field in the bit block used to generate the target wake-up signal is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the sequence used to generate the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the modulation (OOK or FSK) used to generate the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the number of bits carried by the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the number or position of time-frequency resources occupied by the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the device group targeted by the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the device group awakened by the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: whether to monitor the first signaling is related to the user equipment awakened by the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to indicate whether the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when all or part of the first information block enables or turns on the target wake-up signal to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the target wake-up signal; otherwise, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the configuration or indication of the first information block.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when all or part of the first information block enables or turns on the target wake-up signal to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the target wake-up signal; otherwise, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the configuration or indication of the RRC signaling.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when all or part of the first information block enables or turns on the target wake-up signal to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the target wake-up signal; otherwise, whether to monitor the first signaling is predefined or default.
  • the technical feature "at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when all or part of the first information block enables or turns on the target wake-up signal to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the target wake-up signal; otherwise, whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the capability of the first node device.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is used by the first node device in the present application to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: all or part of the first signaling is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is monitored, and the detected first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is detected, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is monitored and detected, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: when the first signaling is monitored and detected, the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; otherwise, whether to monitor the second signaling depends on the target wake-up signal or the first information block.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: when the first signaling is monitored and detected, the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; otherwise, the second signaling is monitored.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is used to indicate at least one device group, and whether the first device group is one of the at least one device group indicated by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is used to indicate at least one device group, and whether the first node device belongs to the device group indicated by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the first signaling is used to indicate at least one device group, whether the first node device simultaneously belongs to one device group indicated by the first signaling and the first device group is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the first signaling is used to indicate at least one device group; when the first node device belongs to one device group indicated by the first signaling, the first node device monitors the second signaling; otherwise, the first node device is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the first signaling is used to indicate at least one device group; when the first node device belongs to both one device group indicated by the first signaling and the first device group, the first node device monitors the second signaling; otherwise, the first node device is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the first signaling when the first signaling is monitored, the first signaling is used to indicate whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the first signaling when the first signaling is monitored and detected, the first signaling is used to indicate whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical features “the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling” and “the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the technical features “the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling” and “the monitor of the target wake-up signal decides on its own whether to monitor the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the technical features “the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling” and “the monitor of the target wake-up signal may not monitor the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the technical features “the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling” and “the monitor of the target wake-up signal is allowed to give up monitoring the second signaling” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the technical feature when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication of the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication of the first device group, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature when and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the target wake-up signal is detected, and whether the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group is used to enable (enable) or disable (disable) at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "when and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the target wake-up signal is detected, and whether the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, the first information block or the target wake-up signal, or a combination of two or three of them is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the first signaling.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal decides whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • whether to monitor the first signaling depends on the capability of the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal does not expect (or cannot assume) that the detected first signaling indicates that the monitor of the target wake-up signal is required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal does not expect (or cannot assume) that the detected first signaling indication includes a bit value of "1" corresponding to the bit of the device group of the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling.
  • whether the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first Signaling relies on the ability of the monitor to wake up the target signal.
  • whether the target wake-up signal monitor monitors the first signaling is predefined or configurable or is default.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is not detected and the monitor of the target wake-up signal does not support monitoring the first signaling, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is not detected and the monitor of the target wake-up signal does not support monitoring the first signaling, the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling.
  • the first information block is used to determine a time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the information blocks other than the first information block are used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the first information block is used to determine a time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the information blocks other than the first information block are used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • Embodiment 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to the present application, as shown in FIG2.
  • FIG2 illustrates a diagram of a network architecture 200 of a 5G NR, LTE (Long-Term Evolution) and LTE-A (Long-Term Evolution Advanced) system.
  • the 5G NR or LTE network architecture 200 may be referred to as 5GS (5G System)/EPS (Evolved Packet System) 200 or some other appropriate term.
  • 5GS/EPS200 may include one or more UE (User Equipment) 201, NG-RAN (Next Generation Radio Access Network) 202, 5GC (5G Core Network, 5G Core Network)/EPC (Evolved Packet Core) 210, HSS (Home Subscriber Server)/UDM (Unified Data Management) 220 and Internet Service 230.
  • 5GS/EPS can be interconnected with other access networks, but these entities/interfaces are not shown for simplicity. As shown, 5GS/EPS provides packet switching services, but technicians in the field will readily understand that the various concepts presented throughout this application can be extended to networks that provide circuit switching services or other cellular networks.
  • NG-RAN includes NR/Evolved Node B (gNB/eNB) 203 and other gNB (eNB) 204.
  • gNB (eNB) 203 provides user and control plane protocol termination towards UE201.
  • the gNB (eNB) 203 may be connected to other gNBs (eNBs) 204 via an Xn/X2 interface (e.g., backhaul).
  • the gNB (eNB) 203 may also be referred to as a base station, a base transceiver station, a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a transceiver function, a basic service set (BSS), an extended service set (ESS), a TRP (transmit receive node), or some other suitable term.
  • BSS basic service set
  • ESS extended service set
  • TRP transmit receive node
  • the gNB (eNB) 203 provides an access point to the 5GC/EPC 210 for the UE 201.
  • UE 201 include a cellular phone, a smart phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a laptop computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a satellite radio, a non-terrestrial base station communication, a satellite mobile communication, a global positioning system, a multimedia device, a video device, a digital audio player (e.g., an MP3 player), a camera, a game console, a drone, an aircraft, a narrowband Internet of Things device, a machine type communication device, a land vehicle, a car, a wearable device, or any other similar functional device.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • satellite radio e.g., a satellite radio, a non-terrestrial base station communication, a satellite mobile communication, a global positioning system, a multimedia device, a video device, a digital audio player (e.g
  • a person skilled in the art may also refer to UE 201 as a mobile station, a subscriber station, a mobile unit, a subscriber unit, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a mobile device, a wireless device, a wireless communication device, a remote device, a mobile subscriber station, an access terminal, a mobile terminal, a wireless terminal, a remote terminal, a handset, a user agent, a mobile client, a client, or some other suitable term.
  • the gNB (eNB) 203 is connected to the 5GC/EPC 210 via an S1/NG interface.
  • the 5GC/EPC 210 includes an MME (Mobility Management Entity)/AMF (Authentication Management Field)/SMF (Session Management Function) 211, other MME/AMF/SMF 214, an S-GW (Service Gateway)/UPF (User Plane Function) 212, and a P-GW (Packet Date Network Gateway)/UPF 213.
  • MME/AMF/SMF211 is the control node that handles the signaling between UE201 and 5GC/EPC210.
  • MME/AMF/SMF211 provides bearer and connection management. All user IP (Internet Protocol) packets are transmitted through S-GW/UPF212, which itself is connected to P-GW/UPF213.
  • P-GW provides UE IP address allocation and other functions.
  • P-GW/UPF213 is connected to Internet service 230.
  • Internet service 230 includes operator-corresponding Internet protocol services, which may specifically include Internet, intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) and packet switching streaming services.
  • the UE201 corresponds to the first node device in the present application.
  • the gNB (eNB) 201 corresponds to the second node device in this application.
  • Embodiment 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to the present application, as shown in FIG3.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture for a user plane 350 and a control plane 300, and FIG3 shows the radio protocol architecture of the control plane 300 for a first node device (UE or gNB) and a second node device (gNB or UE) in three layers: layer 1, layer 2, and layer 3.
  • Layer 1 (L1 layer) is the lowest layer and implements various PHY (physical layer) signal processing functions.
  • the L1 layer will be referred to as PHY301 herein.
  • Layer 2 (L2 layer) 305 is above PHY301 and is responsible for the link between the first node device and the second node device through PHY301.
  • the L2 layer 305 includes a MAC (Medium Access Control) sublayer 302, an RLC (Radio Link Control) sublayer 303, and a PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) sublayer 304, which terminate at the second node device.
  • the PDCP sublayer 304 provides multiplexing between different radio bearers and logical channels.
  • the PDCP sublayer 304 also provides security by encrypting data packets, and provides inter-zone mobility support for the first node device between the second node devices.
  • the RLC sublayer 303 provides segmentation and reassembly of upper layer data packets, retransmission of lost data packets, and reordering of data packets to compensate for out-of-order reception due to HARQ.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 provides multiplexing between logical and transport channels.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for allocating various radio resources (e.g., resource blocks) in a cell between the first node devices.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for HARQ operations.
  • the RRC (Radio Resource Control) sublayer 306 in layer 3 (L3 layer) in the control plane 300 is responsible for obtaining radio resources (i.e., radio bearers) and configuring the lower layers using RRC signaling between the second node device and the first node device.
  • the radio protocol architecture of the user plane 350 includes layer 1 (L1 layer) and layer 2 (L2 layer).
  • the radio protocol architecture for the first node device and the second node device in the user plane 350 is substantially the same as the corresponding layers and sublayers in the control plane 300 for the physical layer 351, the PDCP sublayer 354 in the L2 layer 355, the RLC sublayer 353 in the L2 layer 355, and the MAC sublayer 352 in the L2 layer 355, but the PDCP sublayer 354 also provides header compression for upper layer data packets to reduce radio transmission overhead.
  • the L2 layer 355 in the user plane 350 also includes a SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol) sublayer 356, which is responsible for mapping between QoS flows and data radio bearers (DRBs) to support the diversity of services.
  • SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
  • the first node device may have several upper layers above the L2 layer 355, including a network layer (e.g., an IP layer) terminated at the P-GW on the network side and an application layer terminated at the other end of the connection (e.g., a remote UE, a server, etc.).
  • a network layer e.g., an IP layer
  • an application layer terminated at the other end of the connection (e.g., a remote UE, a server, etc.).
  • the wireless protocol architecture in FIG. 3 is applicable to the first node device in the present application.
  • the wireless protocol architecture in FIG. 3 is applicable to the second node device in the present application.
  • Embodiment 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first node device and a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG4 .
  • the first node device (450) may include a controller/processor 490, a data source/buffer 480, a receiving processor 452, a transmitter/receiver 456 and a transmitting processor 455, and the transmitter/receiver 456 includes an antenna 460.
  • the second node device ( 410 ) may include a controller/processor 440 , a data source/buffer 430 , a receiving processor 412 , a transmitter/receiver 416 and a transmitting processor 415 , and the transmitter/receiver 416 includes an antenna 420 .
  • upper layer packets such as the high-layer information included in the first information block in the present application, the high-layer information included in the first signaling (if the first signaling includes high-layer information), and the high-layer information included in the second signaling (if the second signaling includes high-layer information) are provided to the controller/processor 440.
  • the controller/processor 440 implements the functions of the L2 layer and above.
  • the controller/processor 440 provides packet header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, multiplexing between logical and transport channels, and allocation of radio resources to the first node device 450 based on various priority metrics.
  • the controller/processor 440 is also responsible for HARQ operations, retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the first node device 450, such as the high-layer information included in the first information block in the present application, the high-layer information included in the first signaling (if the first signaling includes high-layer information), and the high-layer information included in the second signaling (if the second signaling includes high-layer information) are generated in the controller/processor 440.
  • the transmit processor 415 implements various signal processing functions for the L1 layer (i.e., the physical layer), including coding, interleaving, scrambling, modulation, power control/allocation, precoding, and physical layer control signaling generation, such as the physical layer signal carrying the first information block in the present application, the physical layer signal of the target wake-up signal, the physical layer signal corresponding to the first signaling, and the physical layer signal corresponding to the second signaling.
  • the generation of the physical layer signal is completed in the transmit processor 415.
  • the generated modulated symbols are divided into parallel streams and each stream is mapped to a corresponding multi-carrier subcarrier and/or multi-carrier symbol, and then mapped to the antenna 420 by the transmit processor 415 via the transmitter 416 and transmitted in the form of a radio frequency signal.
  • each receiver 456 receives the radio frequency signal through its corresponding antenna 460, and each receiver 456 recovers the baseband information modulated on the radio frequency carrier and provides the baseband information to the receive processor 452.
  • the receive processor 452 implements various signal reception processing functions of the L1 layer.
  • the signal reception processing function includes monitoring the physical layer signal carrying the first information block in the present application, the target wake-up signal, the first signaling, and the second signaling, and demodulating the multi-carrier symbols in the multi-carrier symbol stream based on various modulation schemes (for example, binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK)), followed by descrambling, decoding, and deinterleaving to recover the data or control transmitted by the second node device 410 on the physical channel, and then providing the data and control signals to the controller/processor 490.
  • BPSK binary phase shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • the controller/processor 490 is responsible for the L2 layer and above.
  • the controller/processor 490 interprets the high-level information included in the first information block in the present application, the high-level information included in the first signaling (if the first signaling includes high-level information), and the high-level information included in the second signaling (if the second signaling includes high-level information).
  • the controller/processor may be associated with a memory 480 that stores program codes and data.
  • the memory 480 may be referred to as a computer. Machine readable media.
  • uplink (UL) transmission similar to downlink transmission, high-layer information including high-layer information included in the second information block in the present application is generated by the controller/processor 490 and then implemented by the transmit processor 455 for various signal transmission processing functions of the L1 layer (i.e., physical layer), including the generation of the physical layer signal carrying the second information block is completed in the transmit processor 455, and then mapped by the transmit processor 455 to the antenna 460 via the transmitter 456 to be transmitted in the form of a radio frequency signal.
  • the receiver 416 receives the radio frequency signal through its corresponding antenna 420, and each receiver 416 recovers the baseband information modulated on the radio frequency carrier and provides the baseband information to the receive processor 412.
  • the receive processor 412 implements various signal reception processing functions for the L1 layer (i.e., physical layer), including receiving and processing the physical layer signal carrying the second information block, and then provides data and/or control signals to the controller/processor 440.
  • the functions of the L2 layer implemented in the controller/processor 440 include interpreting the high-layer information, including the interpretation of the high-layer information carried by the second information block.
  • the controller/processor may be associated with a cache 430 that stores program codes and data.
  • the cache 430 may be a computer readable medium.
  • the first node device 450 apparatus includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory including computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to be used together with the at least one processor, and the first node device 450 apparatus at least: receives a first information block and monitors a target wake-up signal, the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; determines whether to monitor a first signaling and determines whether to monitor a second signaling; wherein the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first
  • the first node device 450 apparatus includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, wherein the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: receiving a first information block and monitoring a target wake-up signal, wherein the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; determining whether to monitor a first signaling and determining whether to monitor a second signaling; wherein the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the
  • the second node device 410 device includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to be used together with the at least one processor.
  • the second node device 410 device at least: sends a first information block and sends a target wake-up signal, the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; sends a first signaling and sends a second signaling; wherein the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether the first signaling is monitored, and the first signaling is used to determine whether the second signaling is monitored; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the
  • the second node device 410 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, the action including: sending a first information block and sending a target wake-up signal, the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; sending a first signaling and sending a second signaling; wherein the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether the first signaling is monitored, and the first signaling is used to determine whether the second signaling is monitored; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the first node device 450 is a user equipment (UE).
  • UE user equipment
  • the second node device 410 is a base station device (gNB/eNB).
  • the receiver 456 (including the antenna 460), the receiving processor 452 and the controller/processor 490 are used to receive the first information block in the present application.
  • the receiver 456 (including the antenna 460 ) is used in the present application to monitor the target wake-up signal.
  • the receiver 456 (including the antenna 460), the receiving processor 452 and the controller/processor 490 are used to monitor the first signaling in the present application.
  • the receiver 456 (including the antenna 460), the receiving processor 452 and the controller/processor 490 are used to monitor the second signaling in the present application.
  • the transmitter 456 (including the antenna 460), the transmit processor 455 and the controller/processor 490 are used to send the second information block in the present application.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmission processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to send the first information block in the present application.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420 ) is used to transmit the targeted wake-up signal.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmission processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to send the first signaling in the present application.
  • the transmitter 416 (including the antenna 420), the transmission processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 are used to send the second signaling in the present application.
  • the receiver 416 (including the antenna 420), the receiving processor 412 and the controller/processor 440 are used to receive the second information block in the present application.
  • Embodiment 5 illustrates a wireless signal transmission flow chart according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG5.
  • the second node device N500 is a maintenance base station of the service cell of the first node device U550. It is particularly noted that the order in this example does not limit the signal transmission order and implementation order in the present application.
  • the second information block is received in step S501, the first information block is sent in step S502, the target wake-up signal is sent in step S503, the first signaling is sent in step S504, and the second signaling is sent in step S505.
  • the second information block is sent in step S551
  • the first information block is received in step S552
  • the target wake-up signal is monitored in step S553
  • the first signaling is monitored in step S554
  • the second signaling is monitored in step S555.
  • the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling; the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of wake-up signals on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the second information block indicates that each frequency band supports reception of the wake-up signal, so that the performance of the receiver can be considered more flexibly and the configuration and reception performance of the wake-up signal can be optimized.
  • the second information block is used to indicate the capability (capability) of the first node device.
  • the second information block is used to indicate the capability of the first node device to receive a wake-up signal.
  • the second information block is used to indicate that the first node device has the ability to receive a wake-up signal and receive PEI at the same time.
  • the second information block is transmitted via an air interface or a wireless interface.
  • the second information block is also transmitted through an X2 interface, an Xn interface or an NG interface.
  • the second information block is also transmitted between network nodes.
  • the second information block is also transmitted to another network node or to the core network.
  • the second information block is received by the network node through the Uu interface, it is also transmitted to another network node or to the core network.
  • the second information block includes all or part of high-layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the second information block is earlier than the first information block.
  • the second information block is later than the first information block.
  • the second information block includes all or part of the RRC signaling, or the second information block includes all or part of the MAC layer signaling.
  • the second information block is transmitted via PUSCH or PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the second information block is per user equipment (per UE), or the second information block is per feature set (per feature set), or the second information block is per frequency band (per band), or the second information block is per frequency band combination (per band combination), or the second information block is per frequency band list (per band list), or the second information block is per frequency range (per frequency range), or the second information block is per duplex mode (per duplex mode).
  • the second information block is related to the frequency range.
  • the second information block is related to the duplex type (TDD or FDD).
  • the second information block includes all or part of "UE-RadioPagingInfo”.
  • the second information block includes all or part of "UERadioPagingInformation".
  • the second information block includes all or part of "UE-NR-Capability-v1900".
  • the second information block includes all or part of "LPWUS-Parameters-v1900".
  • the second information block includes all or part of "lpwus-SubgroupingSupportBandList-r19".
  • the second information block is used to indicate UE capabilities required for paging.
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: all or part of the second information block is used by the first node device in the present application to explicitly or implicitly indicate at least one frequency band.
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: all or part of the second information block is used by the second node device in the present application to explicitly or implicitly indicate at least one frequency band.
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: all or part of the second information block is used by the first node device in the present application to explicitly or implicitly indicate at least one frequency band to the second node device in the present application.
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: all or part of the second information block is used by the second node device in the present application to explicitly or implicitly indicate at least one frequency band to another network node or the core network.
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: all or part of the second information block is used by the second node device in the present application to explicitly or implicitly indicate at least one frequency band to another network node or the core network.
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to indicate a frequency band list (List).
  • the technical feature "the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band” includes the following meaning: the second information block is used to indicate a frequency band that supports monitoring (or receiving) a wake-up signal.
  • the number of frequency bands indicated by the second information block is no more than 1024.
  • the second information block is also used to indicate receiver parameter values supported by the first node device.
  • the second information block is also used to indicate the receiver type supported by the first node device.
  • the second information block is also used to indicate a reception parameter value of a wake-up signal supported by the first node device.
  • the second information block is also used to indicate at least one configuration parameter value of the wake-up signal supported by the first node device.
  • the technical feature "the target wake-up signal monitor supports the reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block” includes the following meaning: the target wake-up signal monitor has the ability to monitor (or receive) the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block” includes the following meaning: the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the signal or indication used for paging wake-up on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block” includes the following meaning: the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the signal or indication used for DRX wake-up on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block” includes the following meaning: the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the wake-up for paging on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block” includes the following meaning: the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the advance indication of paging on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the target wake-up signal monitor supports reception of a wake-up signal having one or more given configuration parameter values on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block and supports a given wake-up signal receiver type.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block and supports a given wake-up signal receiver capability.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block and supports a given wake-up signal receiver parameter value.
  • the second information block is further used to indicate that the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports X1 configuration sets.
  • the second information block is further used to indicate that the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports multiple configuration sets for the wake-up signal.
  • the second information block is further used to indicate that the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports grouping (or sub-grouping) of user equipment.
  • the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports one or any combination of the following four: ⁇ reception (or monitoring) of wake-up signals, reception (or monitoring) of wake-up signals having one or more given configuration parameter values, grouping (or sub-grouping) of user devices, and support for multiple configuration sets for wake-up signals ⁇ on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • Embodiment 6 illustrates another wireless signal transmission flow chart according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG6.
  • the second node device N600 is a maintenance base station of the service cell of the first node device U650. It is particularly noted that the order in this example does not limit the signal transmission order and implementation order in the present application.
  • the second information block is received in step S601, and the first information block is sent in step S602.
  • the second information block is sent in step S651
  • the first information block is received in step S652
  • the target wake-up signal is monitored in step S653.
  • the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor a second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling; the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of wake-up signals on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • Embodiment 7 illustrates a schematic diagram of a target wake-up signal according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG7.
  • each rectangle represents an operation
  • each diamond represents a judgment, starting from step 701, in step 702, it is judged whether the target wake-up signal is detected, in step 703, monitoring the second signaling is abandoned, in step 704, it is judged whether the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, in step 705, it is judged whether to monitor the first signaling, in step 706, the second signaling is monitored, and in step 707, it is judged whether to monitor the second signaling; it should be particularly pointed out that the sequence number of the step is only a step identifier in an example, and does not limit the execution order of each step.
  • Example 7 the target wake-up signal in the present application is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling in the present application and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling in the present application, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the first signaling is monitored and whether to monitor the second signaling is determined according to the first signaling, thereby supporting an optimized design between power consumption and false alarm performance.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected, which means that no wake-up signal is detected on the time-frequency resources allocated to the target wake-up signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected, which means that no wake-up signal is detected on the time-frequency resources and sequence resources allocated to the target wake-up signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected means that the information carried by the target wake-up signal is not correctly decoded.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected, which means that no energy detection of any wake-up signal is detected to exceed a configured or predefined threshold on the resource allocated to the target wake-up signal.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected, which means that a power value of an envelope detection of the target wake-up signal does not exceed a configured or predefined threshold.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected, which means that a correlation peak of the correlation detection of the target wake-up signal does not exceed a configured or predefined threshold.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected, which means that a CRC check on bits carried by the target wake-up signal fails.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and when the first signaling is detected, the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature “the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to "Determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling; when the first signaling is detected, the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the first signaling is not detected, the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling; when the first signaling is detected, the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the first signaling is not detected, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling; when the first signaling is detected, the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the first signaling is not detected, whether the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling depends on at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling; whether the first signaling is detected is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling; whether the first signaling is detected and the detected first signaling when the first signaling is detected are both used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling" includes the following meanings: when the target wake-up signal is not detected, the monitor of the target wake-up signal performs a first action or performs a second action; the first action includes monitoring the first signaling, wherein the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; the second action includes giving up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling, wherein the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • Embodiment 8 illustrates a schematic diagram of G1 device groups according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG8.
  • each filled rectangle represents a device group in the G1 device groups, and different fills represent different device groups.
  • the first signaling in the present application is associated with G1 device groups, where G1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second device group is one of the G1 device groups, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal in the present application belongs to the second device group; the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling in the present application.
  • the G1 is configurable or predefined.
  • the G1 device groups are configurable or predefined.
  • the first information block is used to determine the G1 device groups.
  • the information blocks other than the first information block are used to determine the G1 device groups.
  • any one of the G1 device groups is a subgroup.
  • any one of the G1 device groups is a subgroup configured by the IE "subgroupConfig”.
  • any one of the G1 device groups is a PEI subgroup.
  • one of the G1 device groups is a subgroup allocated by the core network.
  • any one of the G1 device groups is a subgroup divided based on UE_ID.
  • one of the G1 device groups is a subgroup divided based on UE_ID, and another of the G1 device groups is a subgroup allocated by the core network.
  • any two device groups in the G1 device groups are different.
  • the G1 device groups there are two device groups in the G1 device groups that are identical.
  • At least one of the G1 device groups is a subgroup allocated by the core network.
  • any one of the G1 device groups includes only one user device.
  • At least one device group among the G1 device groups includes multiple user devices.
  • the first device group is one of the G1 device groups.
  • the first device group is not a device group among the G1 device groups.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling and the G1 device groups are associated with the same paging occasion (Paging Occasion).
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling and the G1 device groups are both for the same paging occasion (Paging Occasion).
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling and the G1 device groups are both for the same group paging occasion (Paging Occasion).
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the information bits included in the first signaling correspond to the G1 device groups respectively.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling includes at least G1 bits, and the G1 bits correspond to the G1 device groups respectively.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling includes at least G1 bits, and the G1 bits are respectively used for early paging indication of the G1 device groups.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling includes at least G1 bits, and the G1 bits are respectively used by user devices in the G1 device groups to determine whether to monitor the associated paging occasions.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meaning: the first signaling is used to determine whether devices in each of the G1 device groups monitor the associated paging occasion.
  • the technical feature "the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups” includes the following meanings: the target user equipment is a user equipment included in one of the G1 device groups, the first signaling includes at least G1 bits, and the G1 bits correspond to the G1 device groups respectively; if the bit value corresponding to the device group to which the target user equipment belongs is equal to "1", the target user equipment monitors the associated paging opportunity; otherwise, the target user equipment is not required to monitor the associated paging opportunity.
  • the first signaling includes at least G1 bits, the G1 bits respectively correspond to the G1 device groups, and the index of any one of the G1 device groups and the index of the associated paging occasion are used together to determine the position of the corresponding bit.
  • the second device group is completely identical to the first device group.
  • the second device group and the first device group are different.
  • the second device group and the first device group include completely identical user devices.
  • the user devices included in the second device group and the first device group are not completely the same.
  • the second device group includes all user devices in the first device group.
  • the first device group includes all user devices in the second device group.
  • the second device group is a subset of the first device group.
  • the first device group is a subset of the second device group.
  • the second device group only includes monitors of the target wake-up signal.
  • the second device group also includes user devices other than the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the indication value of the second device group is a bit value of a bit corresponding to the second device group included in the first signaling.
  • the indication value of the second device group is a bit value of a bit included in the first signaling for the second device group.
  • the indication value of the second device group is a bit value of a bit for the second device group included in a DCI format carried by the first signaling.
  • the indication value of the second device group is a value of a paging indication used for the second device group and included in the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used by the first node device in this application to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: if the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is equal to a predefined value, The monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: if the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is equal to "1", the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: if the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is equal to "1", whether the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling depends on at least one of the target wake-up signal or the first information block; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: if the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is equal to "1", the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling; otherwise, whether the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling depends on at least one of the target wake-up signal or the first information block.
  • the technical feature "the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling" includes the following meaning: if the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group and the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is equal to "1", the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the second signaling; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the second signaling.
  • Embodiment 9 illustrates a schematic diagram of a target configuration set according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG9.
  • each rectangular box represents one of the X1 configuration sets
  • a rectangular box filled with cross lines represents a target configuration set.
  • the first information block in the present application is used to determine X1 configuration sets, any one of the X1 configuration sets includes at least one configuration parameter value, and X1 is a positive integer greater than 1;
  • the target configuration set is a configuration set among the X1 configuration sets, and the target configuration set includes at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal in the present application;
  • the identifier of the first device group in the present application is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • X1 is equal to 2.
  • X1 is greater than 2.
  • the upper limit value of X1 is fixed.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets includes only one configuration parameter value.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets includes multiple configuration parameter values.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is the value (or state) of an IE (information element).
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is a combination of values of multiple fields.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is a combination of values of at least one field.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is a value (or state) of a wake-up signal configuration IE.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is composed of values of all fields included in an IE.
  • any configuration parameter value included in any one of the X1 configuration sets is a domain value.
  • the X1 configuration sets constitute a wake-up signal configuration list (List).
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is an element included in a list.
  • any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets are two configurations of the same IE.
  • any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets are respectively composed of values of fields configured twice respectively of the same IE.
  • any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets are values (or states) of two identical IEs.
  • any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets are configurations of two identical IEs.
  • any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets are respectively composed of values of fields respectively configured by two identical IEs.
  • any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets respectively include values of fields configured twice for the same IE.
  • any two configuration sets in the X1 configuration sets respectively include values of fields configured twice for the same IE.
  • the two configurations of the combination of the same domains in any two configuration sets in the X1 configuration sets are respectively configured twice Value composition.
  • the configuration parameter values respectively included in any two configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets are independently configured.
  • any one of the X1 configuration sets is composed of values of fields included in a wake-up signal configuration included in the wake-up signal configuration list.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a domain of frequency domain resources used to configure a wake-up signal.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a domain of a time domain resource used to configure a wake-up signal.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure a sequence resource adopted by a wake-up signal.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure the number of information bits carried by the wake-up signal.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure a format adopted by the wake-up signal.
  • At least one of the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a domain used to configure whether the wake-up signal is used to indicate PEI (Paging Early Indication) monitoring.
  • PEI Paging Early Indication
  • At least one of the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure whether the wake-up signal is used to indicate monitoring of the PDCCH of the PS-RNTI scrambled CRC.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure a manner of generating a wake-up signal.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure a type of a wake-up signal.
  • At least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets includes a value of a field used to configure a modulation mode (OOK or FSK) of a wake-up signal.
  • OSK modulation mode
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used by the first node device in the present application to determine the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate some configuration sets among the X1 configuration sets, and at least one configuration set among the X1 configuration sets is a default configuration set.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets” includes the following meanings: the X1 configuration sets belong to a configuration set list (List), the first information block is used to add (add) a configuration set to the configuration set list, or the first information block is used to release (release) a configuration set from the configuration set list.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to add a configuration set to the list of configuration sets to which the X1 configuration sets belong, or the first information block is used to release a configuration set from the list of configuration sets to which the X1 configuration sets belong.
  • the target configuration set is any one of the X1 configuration sets.
  • any configuration parameter value included in the target configuration set is used to configure the target wake-up signal.
  • any one configuration parameter value included in the target configuration set is a configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal.
  • any configuration parameter value included in the target configuration set is a value of a domain in the target configuration set.
  • the target configuration set only includes one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal.
  • the target configuration set includes multiple configuration parameter values of the target wake-up signal.
  • any configuration parameter value included in the target configuration set is used for monitoring the target wake-up signal.
  • the target configuration set also includes configuration parameter values of signals other than the target wake-up signal.
  • the identification of the first device group and “the index of the first device group” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the "identification of the first device group” and the “configuration index of the first node device allocated by the core network” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the "identification of the first device group” and the “subgroup index of the first node device allocated by the core network” are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the identifier of the first device group is a non-negative integer.
  • the identifier of the first device group is allocated by the core network.
  • the identifier of the first device group is an identifier or index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets.
  • the feature identification value is equal to the identification or index value of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets, each user equipment included in the first device group is assigned the feature identification value, and the identification of the first device group is equal to the feature identification value.
  • the identifier of the first device group is equal to the same identifier value respectively allocated to all the user equipments included in the first device group.
  • each user equipment included in the first device group is assigned an equal identification value
  • the first device group identifier is equal to an equal identification value assigned to any user equipment included in the first device group.
  • the identifier of the first device group is obtained according to identifiers of user equipment included in the first device group.
  • the identifier of the first device group is configured by signaling or is predefined.
  • the identifier of the first device group is equal to an equal value obtained by performing the same mathematical operation on the identifiers of all the included user equipments.
  • the identifier of the first device group is an index of the first device group in multiple device groups.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the first device group is used by the first node device in this application to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the value of the identifier of the first device group modulo the X1 is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the index or identifier of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets is equal to the value of the identifier of the first device group modulo X1.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the first device group is used to determine a first intermediate value, and the value of the first intermediate value modulo the X1 is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets according to a predefined mapping relationship or table relationship.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets is equal to the configuration set index assigned to the first node by the core network.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets is equal to the index of the subgroup to which the first node is assigned by the core network.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets is equal to the identifier of the first device group.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the first device group is the configuration index assigned to the first node by the core network, and the index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets is equal to the configuration index assigned to the first node by the core network.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meanings: when the first node device supports the core network to allocate a configuration index (or identifier), the index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets is equal to the configuration index (or identifier) allocated to the first node device by the core network; otherwise, the target configuration set is a predefined or fixed configuration set among the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: when the first node device supports the core network to allocate a device group (or subgroup) identifier (or index), the device group (or subgroup) identifier (or index) allocated by the core network to the first node device is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets; otherwise, the target configuration set is a predefined or fixed configuration set among the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: when the first node device supports the core network to allocate a device group (or subgroup) identifier (or index), the value of the device group (or subgroup) identifier (or index) allocated by the core network to the first node device modulo the X1 is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets; otherwise, the target configuration set is a predefined or fixed configuration set among the X1 configuration sets.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the timing occupied by the second signaling, and the actual timing occupied by the second signaling is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • Embodiment 10 illustrates a schematic diagram of a first identifier and a second identifier according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG10.
  • each rectangle filled with oblique lines represents a user device included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier
  • each rectangle filled with cross lines represents a user device included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier
  • the dotted line with an arrow represents that the corresponding identifier is assigned.
  • the first device group in the present application is one of X2 device groups, the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively, any one of the X2 device groups includes at least one user device, and X2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the first identifier and the second identifier are two different identifiers among the X2 identifiers, respectively, a user device included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is assigned the first identifier, and a user device included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identifier or is assigned the second identifier.
  • a fallback or default device group is introduced to provide support for user devices with different capabilities, thereby ensuring the compatibility of the system.
  • X2 is equal to X1 in this application.
  • the X2 is greater than the X1 in the present application.
  • the X2 is smaller than the X1 in the present application.
  • the X2 is equal to the G1 in the present application, and the X2 device groups are the G1 device groups in the present application.
  • the X2 is equal to the G1 in the present application, and the X2 device groups are completely corresponding to the G1 device groups in the present application.
  • the X2 is equal to the G1 in the present application, and the X2 device groups and the G1 device groups in the present application are equivalent or can be used interchangeably.
  • the X2 device groups are different from the G1 device groups in this application.
  • the X2 is equal to the G1 in the present application, and there is a device group in the X2 device groups that is not a device group in the G1 device groups in the present application.
  • the X2 is equal to the G1 in the present application, and there is a device group in the G1 device groups that is not a device group in the X2 device groups.
  • the X2 is not equal to the G1 in this application.
  • the X2 is equal to the G1 in this application.
  • the X2 is greater than the G1 in the present application, and any one of the G1 device groups in the present application is one of the X2 device groups.
  • the X2 is smaller than the G1 in the present application, and any one of the X2 device groups is one of the G1 device groups in the present application.
  • the X2 device groups and the G1 device groups are configured independently.
  • the X2 device groups and the G1 device groups are configured by two signalings or two domains or two IEs respectively.
  • X2 is equal to 2.
  • X2 is greater than 2.
  • the X2 is configurable or predefined.
  • the X2 device groups are configurable or predefined.
  • the first information block is used to determine the X2 device groups.
  • the information blocks other than the first information block are used to determine the X2 device groups.
  • any one of the X2 device groups is a subgroup.
  • any one of the X2 device groups is a subgroup configured by the IE “subgroupConfig”.
  • any one of the X2 device groups is a PEI subgroup.
  • one of the X2 device groups is a subgroup allocated by the core network.
  • any one of the X2 device groups is a subgroup divided based on UE_ID.
  • one of the X2 device groups is a subgroup divided based on UE_ID, and another of the X2 device groups is a subgroup allocated by the core network.
  • any two device groups among the X2 device groups are different.
  • At least one device group among the X2 device groups is a subgroup allocated by the core network, and one device group among the X2 device groups is composed of user devices that do not support core network allocation.
  • any one of the X2 device groups includes only one user equipment.
  • At least one device group among the X2 device groups includes multiple user equipments.
  • the first device group is one of the X2 device groups.
  • any one of the X2 identifiers is a non-negative integer.
  • any one of the X2 identifiers is an integer.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers respectively correspond to the X2 device groups” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are respectively used to identify the X2 device groups.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are associated with the X2 device groups respectively.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are used for the X2 device groups respectively.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers respectively correspond to the X2 device groups” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are respectively predefined or configured for the X2 device groups.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers respectively correspond to the X2 device groups” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are respectively identifiers of the X2 device groups.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are respectively allocated, configured or defaulted for the X2 device groups.
  • the technical feature “the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively” includes the following meaning: the X2 identifiers are identifiers or indexes of configuration sets for the X2 device groups respectively.
  • one of the X2 identifiers is allocated by the core network to the corresponding device group.
  • one of the X2 identifiers is equal to a default value.
  • one of the X2 identifiers is equal to a default value when the corresponding device group is not allocated or configured.
  • any one of the X2 identifiers is equal to an identifier or index of one of the X1 configuration sets in the present application.
  • any one of the X2 identifiers is equal to an identifier or index of a subgroup.
  • any one of the X2 identifiers is equal to an identifier or index of a subgroup configured by an IE "subgroupConfig".
  • any one of the X2 identifiers is equal to an identifier or index of a PEI subgroup.
  • the X2 is equal to the X1 in the present application, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the X2 identifiers and the X1 configuration sets in the present application, and the target configuration set is a configuration set in the X1 configuration sets that corresponds to the identifier of the first device group.
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the X2 identifiers and the X1 configuration sets is predefined or configurable.
  • X2 is greater than X1 in the present application, and the index of the target configuration set in the X1 configuration sets in the present application is equal to the value of the identifier of the first device group modulo X1.
  • X2 is greater than X1 in the present application
  • the X2 device groups are divided into X1 device sets
  • the X1 device sets correspond one-to-one to the X1 configuration sets in the present application
  • the target configuration set is a configuration set in the X1 configuration sets that corresponds to the device set to which the first device group belongs.
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the X1 device sets and the X1 configuration sets is predefined or configurable.
  • the X2 is smaller than the X1 in the present application, and any one of the X2 device groups corresponds to at least one configuration set in the X1 configuration sets in the present application; when the first device group corresponds to multiple configurations in the X1 configuration sets, the time domain position of the second signaling is used to determine the target configuration set from the corresponding multiple configuration sets.
  • the first identifier and the second identifier are not equal.
  • the first identifier and the second identifier are independent.
  • the first identifier is one of the X2 identifiers
  • the second identifier is one of the X2 identifiers
  • each user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is allocated The first identification.
  • each user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is allocated the first identifier by the core network.
  • each user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the first identification in the X2 device groups is allocated the first identification by the network device.
  • an identifier or index allocated by the core network to each user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is equal to the first identifier.
  • a user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is allocated the first identifier by the core network.
  • the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups includes only one user equipment.
  • the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups includes multiple user equipments.
  • the device group corresponding to the first identifier among the X2 device groups is the first device group.
  • the device group corresponding to the first identifier among the X2 device groups is a device group other than the first device group.
  • one user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups does not support being assigned an identifier.
  • a user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identification in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identification.
  • a user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is allocated the second identifier.
  • each user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is allocated the second identifier.
  • one user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier among the X2 device groups is not allocated an identifier, and another user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier among the X2 device groups is allocated the second identifier.
  • any user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups either does not support the assigned identifier or is not assigned an identifier or is assigned the second identifier.
  • any user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups either does not support the identifier allocated by the core network or is not allocated an identifier by the core network or is allocated the second identifier by the core network.
  • any user equipment included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups either does not support being assigned an identifier by the network device or is not assigned an identifier by the network device or is assigned the second identifier by the network device.
  • the device group corresponding to the second identifier among the X2 device groups is a fallback device group.
  • the device group corresponding to the second identifier among the X2 device groups is a default device group.
  • the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups includes only one user equipment.
  • the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups includes multiple user equipments.
  • the device group corresponding to the second identifier among the X2 device groups is the first device group.
  • the device group corresponding to the second identifier among the X2 device groups is a device group other than the first device group.
  • the third identifier is different from the first identifier, the third identifier is different from the second identifier, and each user device included in the device group corresponding to the third identifier in the X2 device groups does not support the assigned identifier.
  • the third identifier is different from the first identifier, the third identifier is different from the second identifier, and each user device included in the device group corresponding to the third identifier in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identifier.
  • Embodiment 11 illustrates a schematic diagram of the relationship between the target wake-up signal, the first signaling, and the second signaling according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG11.
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • the rectangular box filled with cross lines represents the target wake-up signal
  • the rectangular box filled with slash lines represents the first signaling
  • the rectangular box filled with cross lines represents the second signaling
  • the dotted lines with arrows represent the corresponding relationships.
  • the first information block in the present application is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling in the present application and the second signaling in the present application, and the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling in the present application; the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • the temporal position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, considering The processing delay of the wake-up signal is reduced, ensuring the flexibility of product implementation.
  • the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling is a position offset between a time domain opportunity occupied by the first signaling and a time domain opportunity occupied by the second signaling.
  • the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling is a position offset between a time domain opportunity occupied by the first signaling and a frame associated with or to which the second signaling belongs.
  • the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the first signaling and the start time (or end time) of the second signaling.
  • the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time of the first signaling and the start time of the frame to which the second signaling is associated or belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time of the frame associated with or belonging to the first signaling and the start time of the frame associated with or belonging to the second signaling in the time domain.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling” includes the following meaning: the first information block is used by the first node device in this application to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling” includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling” includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of time domain symbols spaced between the start time of the first signaling and the start time of the reference frame, and the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of frames spaced between the start time of the reference frame and the start time of the frame to which the second signaling is associated or belongs in the time domain.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate a first offset value and a second offset value, the first offset value is equal to the length of the time interval between the start time and the reference time of the first signaling, and the second offset value is equal to the length of the time interval between the reference time and the start time of the frame to which the second signaling is associated or belongs in the time domain.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling" includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of time domain symbols between the start time of the first signaling and the start time of the reference frame, and the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the number of frames between the start time of the reference frame and the start time of the paging frame associated with or to which the paging occasion occupied by the second signaling belongs.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling is a position offset between a time domain opportunity occupied by the target wake-up signal and a time domain opportunity occupied by the second signaling.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling is a position offset between a time domain opportunity occupied by the target wake-up signal and a frame associated with or to which the second signaling belongs.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of the second signaling.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the reference time, and the time domain position of the reference time and the second signaling.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of the frame to which the second signaling is associated or belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling is the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the frame associated with or to which the target wake-up signal belongs and the start time (or end time) of the frame associated with or to which the second signaling belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling includes the number of time domain symbols spaced between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of a reference frame and the number of frames spaced between the start time (or end time) of the reference frame and the start time (or end time) of a frame to which the second signaling is associated or belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling includes the number of time domain symbols spaced between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of a reference subframe and the number of subframes spaced between the start time (or end time) of the reference subframe and the start time (or end time) of the subframe to which the second signaling is associated or belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling includes the number of time domain symbols and the time domain symbols between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of the reference time slot.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling includes the number of time domain symbols spaced between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of a reference frame and the number of frames spaced between the start time (or end time) of the reference frame and the start time (or end time) of a paging frame associated with or belonging to the paging opportunity occupied by the second signaling.
  • the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling includes the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of a reference frame, and the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the reference frame and the start time (or end time) of a paging frame associated with or to which the paging opportunity occupied by the second signaling belongs.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used by the first node device in this application to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine the sequence relationship between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine the sequence relationship between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling and the length of the time interval between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine the length of the time interval between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine the length of the time interval between the start time (or end time) of the time domain resource occupied by the target wake-up signal and the start time (or end time) of a time window associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling.
  • a time window associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling includes at least 1 time slot.
  • a time window associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling includes at least 1 frame.
  • a time window associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling includes at least 1 OFDM symbol.
  • a time window associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling includes at least 1 DRX cycle.
  • a time window associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling is a time window associated with (or belonging to) the paging opportunity occupied by the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine the time domain position of the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the first information block is used to determine the start time or end time of the time domain resources occupied by the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling" includes the following meanings: the first information block is used to determine the reference moment and the length of the time interval between the start moment or the end moment of the time domain resources occupied by the target wake-up signal and the reference moment.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is used to determine the reference moment.
  • a frame associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling is used to determine the reference moment.
  • all or part of the first information block is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the length of the time interval between the reference moment and the start moment of a frame associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling.
  • a DRX cycle associated with (or belonging to) the second signaling is used to determine the reference moment.
  • the first information block is used to determine the number of device groups associated with the paging occasion to which the second signaling belongs.
  • the first information block is further used to determine the number of paging occasions associated with the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used by the monitor of the target wake-up signal to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the temporal position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine “Whether to monitor the first signaling” includes the following meaning: the time domain relative position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: the time domain sequence relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling” includes the following meaning: the length of the time domain interval in the time domain between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling” includes the following meaning: the time domain sequence relationship and the time domain interval length between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling are used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when the target wake-up signal is earlier than the first signaling, the first signaling is monitored; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when the target wake-up signal is earlier than the first signaling and when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the first signaling.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meanings: when the target wake-up signal is earlier than the first signaling by at least a target threshold, the first signaling is monitored; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the first signaling; the target threshold is predefined or configurable or is related to the capabilities of the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the technical feature "the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling" includes the following meaning: when the target wake-up signal is earlier than the first signaling by at least a target threshold and when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling; otherwise, the monitor of the target wake-up signal is not required to monitor the first signaling.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the index of the time slot to which the second signaling belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the index of the frame to which the second signaling belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the index of the subframe to which the second signaling belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the index of the DRX (discontinuous reception) cycle to which the second signaling belongs in the time domain.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the time period occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among the multiple time periods to which it belongs.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the time periods occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among multiple time periods corresponding to the same one or more DRX cycles.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the time period occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among multiple time periods corresponding to the same one or more paging frames.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the time occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among multiple time periods corresponding to the same one or more time slots.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the time periods occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among multiple time periods corresponding to the same time window.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the time occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among multiple time periods on the network side.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the order or index of the timing occupied by the second signaling in the time domain among multiple timings associated with the first node device.
  • the time domain position of the second signaling is the time domain position of the paging occasion occupied by the second signaling in the time domain.
  • the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is the TMSI of the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is the 5G-S-TMSI of the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is an RNTI of the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is an ID assigned to the monitor of the target wake-up signal.
  • the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is the IMSI of the monitor of the target wake-up signal. (International Mobile Subscriber Identity).
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used by the first node device in this application to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling according to a predefined operation rule.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the paging occasion (PO, Paging Occasion) associated with (or occupied by) the second signaling.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the paging frame (PF, Paging Frame) to which the second signaling is associated (or belongs) in the time domain.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the paging occasion (PO, Paging Occasion) associated with (or occupied by) the second signaling in the time domain, and the paging occasion associated with (or occupied by) the second signaling in the time domain and a configurable or predefined time domain offset are used together to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • PO paging occasion
  • a configurable or predefined time domain offset are used together to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • SFN represents the PF including the second signaling or the starting point of the second signaling in the time domain
  • UE_ID represents the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal
  • T represents the DRX cycle
  • N represents the number of PFs in the DRX cycle
  • PF_offset represents a predefined or configured offset value.
  • i_s represents the index of the time associated with (or occupied by) the second signaling in the time domain
  • UE_ID represents the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal
  • N represents the number of PFs in the DRX cycle
  • Ns represents the number of POs for a PF.
  • the technical feature "the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling" includes the following meaning: the second signaling is transmitted via PDCCH, and the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the index and/or type of the search space set to which the second signaling belongs.
  • Embodiment 12 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device in a first node device of an embodiment, as shown in FIG12.
  • the first node device processing device 1200 includes a first transceiver 1201 and a first receiver 1202.
  • the first transceiver 1201 includes the transmitter/receiver 456 (including the antenna 460), the receiving processor 452, the transmitting processor 455 and the controller/processor 490 in FIG4 of the present application;
  • the first receiver 1202 includes the transmitter/receiver 456 (including the antenna 460), the receiving processor 452 and the controller/processor 490 in FIG4 of the present application;.
  • a first transceiver 1201 receives a first information block and monitors a target wake-up signal, wherein the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; a first receiver 1202 determines whether to monitor a first signaling and determines whether to monitor a second signaling; wherein the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups, where G1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second device group is one of the G1 device groups, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the second device group; the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets, any one of the X1 configuration sets includes at least one configuration parameter value, and X1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the target configuration set is the X1 configuration set.
  • a target configuration set in a set, the target configuration set including at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal; and the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the first transceiver 1201 sends a second information block; wherein the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports the reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the first device group is one of X2 device groups
  • the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively
  • any one of the X2 device groups includes at least one user device
  • X2 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the first identifier and the second identifier are two different identifiers among the X2 identifiers, respectively, a user device included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is assigned the first identifier, and a user device included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identifier or is assigned the second identifier.
  • the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling, and the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling; the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • Embodiment 13 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device in a second node device of an embodiment, as shown in FIG13.
  • the second node device processing device 1300 includes a second transceiver 1301 and a first transmitter 1302.
  • the second transceiver 1301 includes the transmitter/receiver 416 (including the antenna 460), the receiving processor 412, the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 in FIG4 of the present application;
  • the first transmitter 1302 includes the transmitter/receiver 416 (including the antenna 460), the transmitting processor 415 and the controller/processor 440 in FIG4 of the present application;.
  • the second transceiver 1301 sends a first information block and sends a target wake-up signal, and the first information block is used to determine at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal;
  • the first transmitter 1302 sends a first signaling and sends a second signaling; wherein, the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to a first device group, and the first device group includes at least one user device; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal carries an indication for the first device group, at least one of the first information block or the target wake-up signal is used to determine whether the first signaling is monitored, and the first signaling is used to determine whether the second signaling is monitored; when the target wake-up signal is detected and the target wake-up signal does not carry an indication for the first device group, the monitor of the target wake-up signal abandons monitoring the second signaling.
  • the target wake-up signal is not detected; the monitor of the target wake-up signal monitors the first signaling and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling, or the monitor of the target wake-up signal gives up monitoring the second signaling.
  • the first signaling is associated with G1 device groups, where G1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second device group is one of the G1 device groups, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal belongs to the second device group; the indication value of the second device group carried by the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the second signaling.
  • the first information block is used to determine X1 configuration sets, any one of the X1 configuration sets includes at least one configuration parameter value, and X1 is a positive integer greater than 1;
  • the target configuration set is a configuration set among the X1 configuration sets, and the target configuration set includes at least one configuration parameter value of the target wake-up signal;
  • the identifier of the first device group is used to determine the target configuration set from the X1 configuration sets.
  • the second transceiver 1301 receives a second information block; wherein the second information block is used to indicate at least one frequency band, and the monitor of the target wake-up signal supports reception of the wake-up signal on each frequency band indicated by the second information block.
  • the first device group is one of X2 device groups
  • the X2 identifiers correspond to the X2 device groups respectively
  • any one of the X2 device groups includes at least one user device
  • X2 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the first identifier and the second identifier are two different identifiers among the X2 identifiers, respectively, a user device included in the device group corresponding to the first identifier in the X2 device groups is assigned the first identifier, and a user device included in the device group corresponding to the second identifier in the X2 device groups is not assigned an identifier or is assigned the second identifier.
  • the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the first signaling and the second signaling, and the first information block is used to determine the time domain position offset between the target wake-up signal and the second signaling; the time domain position relationship between the target wake-up signal and the first signaling is used to determine whether to monitor the first signaling, and the identifier of the monitor of the target wake-up signal is used to determine the time domain position of the second signaling.
  • each module unit in the above embodiment can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. This application is not limited to any specific form of software. The combination of components and hardware.
  • the first node device or the second node device or the UE or the terminal in this application includes but is not limited to mobile phones, tablet computers, notebooks, network cards, low-power devices, eMTC devices, NB-IoT devices, vehicle-mounted communication equipment, aircraft, airplanes, drones, remote-controlled airplanes and other wireless communication devices.
  • the base station device or base station or network-side device in this application includes but is not limited to macrocell base stations, microcell base stations, home base stations, relay base stations, eNBs, gNBs, transmission receiving nodes TRPs, relay satellites, satellite base stations, aerial base stations and other wireless communication devices.

Abstract

本申请公开了一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置。节点接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；节点确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。本申请降低虚警概率。

Description

一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信系统中的传输方法和装置，尤其涉及无线通信中的低功率的传输方案和装置。
背景技术
未来无线通信系统的应用场景越来越多元化，不同的应用场景对系统提出了不同的性能要求。为了满足多种应用场景的不同的性能需求，在3GPP(3rd Generation Partner Project，第三代合作伙伴项目)RAN(Radio Access Network，无线接入网)#72次全会上决定对新空口技术(NR，New Radio)(或5G)进行研究,在3GPP RAN#75次全会上通过了新空口技术(NR，New Radio)的WI(Work Item，工作项目)，开始对NR进行标准化工作。
在新空口技术中，功率消耗是衡量技术性能的重要指标。为了能够适应多样的应用场景和满足不同的需求，3GPP一直在对降低功率消耗的技术进行演进。
发明内容
在多种降低功率消耗的技术中，通过唤醒信号对用户设备(UE，User Equipement)或网络设备(gNB/eNB)对接收机进行先行唤醒被认为是行之有效的一种方法。针对在NR系统中对降低功率消耗的需求，本申请公开了一种解决方案。需要说明的是，在本申请的描述中，只是以降低功率消耗作为一个典型应用场景或者例子；本申请中的唤醒信号也同样适用于面临相似问题的其它场景(比如其它对需要预唤醒的场景，包括但不限于容量增强系统、近距离通信的系统、非授权频域通信、IoT(Internet of Things，物联网)、URLLC(Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communication，超鲁棒低时延通信)网络、车联网等)，也可以取得类似的技术效果。此外，不同场景(包括但不限于多载波的场景)采用统一解决方案还有助于降低硬件复杂度和成本。在不冲突的情况下，本申请的第一节点设备中的实施例和实施例中的特征可以应用到第二节点设备中，反之亦然。特别的，对本申请中的术语(Terminology)、名词、函数、变量的解释(如果未加特别说明)可以参考3GPP的规范协议TS36系列、TS38系列、TS37系列中的定义。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信中的第一节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；
其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，通过第一信息块或者目标唤醒信号来确定是否监测第一信令，从而支持不同的寻呼唤醒或指示机制，增强了配置灵活性。
作为一个实施例，网络根据需要动态调整唤醒或指示机制，从而最优化功率消耗。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联，所述G1是大于1的正整数；第二设备组是所述G1个设备组中之一，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于所述第二设备组；所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括至少1个配置参数值，所述X1是大于1的正整数；目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合，所述目标配置集合包括所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，通过第一设备组的标识确定目标配置集合，从而支持不同类型的唤醒信号接收机，增强实现灵活性。
作为一个实施例，支持不同的配置的唤醒信号，从而优化唤醒信号的设计。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，包括：
发送第二信息块；
其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一设备组是X2个设备组中之一，X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组包括至少1个用户设备，所述X2是大于1的正整数；第一标识和第二标识分别是所述X2个标识中的两个不同的标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第一标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移；所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信中的第二节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
发送第一信令和发送第二信令；
其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联，所述G1是大于1的正整数；第二设备组是所述G1个设备组中之一，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于所述第二设备组；所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括至少1个配置参数值，所述X1是大于1的正整数；目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合，所述目标配置集合包括所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，包括：
接收第二信息块；
其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一设备组是X2个设备组中之一，X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组包括至少1个用户设备，所述X2是大于1的正整数；第一标识和第二标识分别是所述X2个标识中的两个不同的标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第一标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
根据本申请的一个方面，上述方法的特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移；所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信中的第一节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
第一收发机，接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
第一接收机，确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；
其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
本申请公开了一种用于无线通信中的第二节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
第二收发机，发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
第一发射机，发送第一信令和发送第二信令；
其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
附图说明
通过阅读参照以下附图中的对非限制性实施例所作的详细描述，本申请的其它特征、目的和优点将会变得更加明显：
图1示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信息块、目标唤醒信号、第一信令和第二信令的流程图；
图2示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的网络架构的示意图；
图3示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的示意图；
图4示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一节点设备和第二节点设备的示意图；
图5示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图；
图6示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的另一幅无线信号传输流程图；
图7示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标唤醒信号的示意图；
图8示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的G1个设备组的示意图；
图9示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标配置集合的示意图；
图10示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一标识和第二标识的示意图；
图11示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标唤醒信号、第一信令和第二信令之间的关系的示意图；
图12示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图；
图13示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图。
具体实施方式
下文将结合附图对本申请的技术方案作进一步详细说明，需要说明的是，在不冲突的情况下，本申请的实施例和实施例中的特征可以任意相互组合。
实施例1
实施例1示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信息块、目标唤醒信号、第一信令和第二信令的流程图100，如附图1所示。在附图1中，每个方框代表一个步骤，特别需要强调的是图中的各个方框的顺序并不限制所表示的步骤之间在时间上的先后关系。
在实施例1中，本申请中的第一节点设备在步骤101中接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；本申请中的第一节点设备在步骤102中确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块通过空中接口或者无线接口传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个高层信令或者一个物理层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)层信令中的全部或部分，或者所述第一信息块包括了一个MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个系统信息块(SIB，System Information Block)中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括了一个SIB1中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块是用户设备特定的(UE-specific)，或者所述第一信息块是小区特定的(cell-specific)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块是每载波(carrier)配置的，或者所述第一信息块是每BWP(bandwidth part，带宽部分)配置的，或者所述第一信息块是每频带(band)或者每频率范围(FR，Frequency Range)配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括DCI(Downlink Control Information)格式中的全部或部分域。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括IE(Information Element，信息单元)“PCCH-Config”中的全部或者部分；或者所述第一信息块包括IE“DownlinkConfigCommonSIB”中的全部或者部分；或者所述第一信息块包括IE“WUS-Config-r19”中的全部或者部分；或者所述第一信息块包括IE“LPWUS-Config-r19”中的全部或者部分；或者所述第一信息块包括IE“WUS-Config”中的全部或者部分；或者所述第一信息块包括IE“LPWUS-Config”中的全部或者部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括全部或者部分的寻呼配置信息。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括全部或者部分的下行公共配置信息。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块包括全部或者部分的唤醒信号配置信息。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述目标唤醒信号的全部或者部分配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述目标唤醒信号的部分配置参数的值，所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数的值是默认或缺省(default)的配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定包括所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值的配置参数值的集合。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是低功率唤醒信号(LP-WUS，Low Power Wake Up Signal)。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是方波信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是调频信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是采用OOK(On/OffKeying，开关键控)的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是采用FSK(Frequency Shift Keying，频移键控)的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是采用OOK和恒包络(constant envelop)序列的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是采用FSK和恒包络(constant envelop)序列的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是用于唤醒接收机的基带处理功能的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是用于唤醒接收机的完整的基带处理功能的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是用于唤醒PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel，物理下行控制信道)的监测或接收的信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是基带信号或者射频信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号通过OFDM生成。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被用于降低功率消耗(power consumption)。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被用在RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)空闲态(idle)或者RRC非活跃态(Inactive)。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号可以被用在RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)空闲态(idle)、RRC非活跃态(Inactive)和RRC连接态(connected)。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块(bit block)和特征序列一起经过OOK被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块(bit block)和特征序列一起经过FSK被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块至少经过OOK调制、变换预编码(Transform Precoding)、映射到物理资源(Mapping to physical resources)、OFDM基带信号生成(OFDM baseband signal generation)、调制和上变频(Modulation and upconversion)中的1者或者多者生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块至少经过FSK调制、变换预编码(Transform Precoding)、映射到物理资源(Mapping to physical resources)、OFDM基带信号生成(OFDM baseband signal generation)、调制和上变频(Modulation and upconversion)中的1者或者多者生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块至少经过OOK调制、序列生成或调制(sequence generation/modulation)、 变换预编码(Transform Precoding)、映射到物理资源(Mapping to physical resources)、OFDM基带信号生成(OFDM baseband signal generation)、调制和上变频(Modulation and upconversion)中的1者或者多者生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块至少经过FSK调制、序列生成或调制(sequence generation/modulation)、变换预编码(Transform Precoding)、映射到物理资源(Mapping to physical resources)、OFDM基带信号生成(OFDM baseband signal generation)、调制和上变频(Modulation and upconversion)中的1者或者多者生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块至少经过过采样(oversampling)或扩展(spreading/extension)或重复(repetition)、变换预编码(Transform Precoding)、映射到物理资源(Mapping to physical resources)、OFDM基带信号生成(OFDM baseband signal generation)、调制和上变频(Modulation and upconversion)中的1者或者多者生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，一个比特块至少经过过采样(oversampling)或扩展(spreading/extension)或重复(repetition)、序列生成或调制(sequence generation/modulation)、变换预编码(Transform Precoding)、映射到物理资源(Mapping to physical resources)、OFDM基带信号生成(OFDM baseband signal generation)、调制和上变频(Modulation and upconversion)中的1者或者多者生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是在射频(Radio Frequency)实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是在中频(Intermediate Frequency)实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是在基带(baseband)实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是通过包络检测(envelop detection)实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是通过相关(correlation)实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是通过能量检测(energy detection)实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是通过包络检测和译码实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是通过包络检测和相关实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测是通过调频(FM)到调幅(AM)转换和包络检测实现的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测方式是实现相关的(implementation)。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测所采用的接收机是实现相关的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测和所述第一节点设备的能力有关。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号仅有1个配置参数。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号有多个配置参数。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的任意1个配置参数值是一个IE中的1个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的任意1个配置参数值是用于配置唤醒信号的IE中的1个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是用于配置唤醒信号的IE中的1个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是所述第一信息块所包括的1个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的任意一个配置参数值是所述第一信息块所包括的1个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号的频域资源的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号的时域资源的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号所采用的序列资源的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号所携带的全部或部分信息比特的数量的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号所携带的至少1个域所包括的比特数量的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号所携带的全部或部分域所包括的数量的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号所采用的格式(format)的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号是否被用于指示PEI(Paging Early Indication，寻呼早期指示)的监测的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号是否被用于指示PS-RNTI加扰CRC的PDCCH的监测的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号的生成方式的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号的类型的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值是被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号的调制方式(OOK还是FSK)的参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令通过PDCCH传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令通过PEI-RNTI加扰CRC的PDCCH传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令通过PS-RNTI加扰CRC的PDCCH传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令包括DCI格式2_6中的全部或者部分域。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令包括DCI格式2_7中的全部或者部分域。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令包括高层信息。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令包括物理层信息。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令包括核心网信息。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“接收第一信令所携带的信息”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“译码(decode)第一信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“监测携带第一信令的PDCCH候选”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“译码可能携带第一信令的PDCCH候选”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“盲译码(blindly decode)第一信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“对第一信令进行译码和CRC校验”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“对第一信令进行译码和RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identity，无线网络临时标识)加扰的CRC校验”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“针对一个或多个DCI(Downlink Control Information)格式(Format(s))译码第一信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第一信令”和“针对一个或者多个DCI负载尺寸(payload size)译码(decode)第一信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令是PDCCH。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令是寻呼PDCCH。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令包括寻呼DCI格式中的全部或者部分域。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令是P-RNTI加扰CRC的PDCCH。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令包括DCI格式1_0中的全部或者部分域。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令携带高层信息。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令携带物理层信息。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令携带核心网信息。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“接收第二信令所携带的信息”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“译码(decode)第二信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“监测携带第二信令的PDCCH候选”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“译码可能携带第二信令的PDCCH候选”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“盲译码(blindly decode)第二信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“对第二信令进行译码和CRC校验”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“对第二信令进行译码和RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identity， 无线网络临时标识)加扰的CRC校验”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“针对一个或多个DCI(Downlink Control Information)格式(Format(s))译码第二信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“监测第二信令”和“针对一个或者多个DCI负载尺寸(payload size)译码(decode)第二信令”这两种表述之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者就是所述第一节点设备。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者”和“所述第一节点设备”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者是所述第一设备组所包括的一个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组仅包括所述目标唤醒信号的监测者。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组还包括所述目标唤醒信号的监测者之外的用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是可配置的，或者所述第一设备组是预定义的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是核心网分配的(assign)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是根据用户设备的能力确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是对应同一个PO的用户设备集合(或用户设备组)的一个子集(或子组)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是监测同一个PO的用户设备集合(或用户设备组)的一个子集(或子组)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是对应所述第二信令所占用的时机的用户设备集合(或用户设备组)的一个子集(或子组)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是可以监测所述第二信令的用户设备集合(或用户设备组)的一个子集(或子组)。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是根据用户设备的唤醒信号接收机的类型确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是根据用户设备的类型确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是根据用户设备是否具有核心网分配的子组ID以及用户设备是否支持核心网分配子组确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是根据用户设备是否具有核心网分配的本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合的索引或标识以及用户设备是否支持核心网分配所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合的索引或标识确定的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都支持核心网分配子组。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都支持核心网分配本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合的索引或标识。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备支持核心网分配子组并且所具有的核心网分配的子组ID都等于一个相同的预定义的值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备支持核心网分配本申请中的所述目标配置集合在本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的索引或标识并且所具有的核心网分配的所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引或标识等于一个预定义的值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备支持核心网分配子组并且所具有的核心网分配的子组ID都属于一个相同的预定义的取值范围。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备支持核心网分配本申请中的所述目标配置集合在本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的索引或标识并且所具有的核心网分配的所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引或标识属于一个预定义的取值范围。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都具有相同或接近的唤醒信号的接收能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都采用相同或接近的唤醒信号的接收机。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都不支持核心网分配子组。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都不支持核心网分配所述X1个配置集合中的任何1个配置集合的索引或标识。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都不支持核心网分配子组或者支持核心网分配子组但是所具有的核心网分配的子组ID都等于一个相同的预定义的值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都不支持核心网分配本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的任何1个配置集合的索引或标识或者支持核心网分配所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合的索引或标识但是所具有的核心网分配的配置集合的索引或标识都等于一个相同的预定义的值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都不支持核心网分配子组或者支持核心网 分配子组但是所具有的核心网分配的子组ID都属于一个相同的预定义的取值范围。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备都不支持核心网分配本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的任何1个配置集合的索引或标识或者支持核心网分配所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合的索引或标识但是所具有的核心网分配的配置集合的索引或标识都属于一个相同的预定义的取值范围。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备是根据用户设备的标识确定。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备的标识对一个配置或预定义的参数的取余的值都相等。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备的5G-S-TMSI满足下式：
GroupID＝(floor(5G-S-TMSI/(N*Ns))mod GroupNum
其中，GroupID代表所述第一设备组的标识，N代表在DRX周期中的寻呼帧的数量，Ns代表对应一个寻呼帧的寻呼时机的数量，GroupNum代表配置的或预定义的设备组的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备的5G-S-TMSI满足下式：
GroupID＝(floor(5G-S-TMSI/(N*Ns))mod GroupNum+Offset
其中，GroupID代表所述第一设备组的标识，N代表在DRX周期中的寻呼帧的数量，Ns代表对应一个寻呼帧的寻呼时机的数量，GroupNum代表配置的或预定义的设备组的数量，Offset代表可配置的或者预定义的偏移值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)是指所述目标唤醒信号所携带的信息被接收。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)是指所述目标唤醒信号所携带的信息比特被正确译码。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)是指针对所述目标唤醒信号的能量检测超过一个配置的或者预定义的阈值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)是指针对所述目标唤醒信号的包络检测的功率值超过一个配置的或者预定义的阈值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)是指针对所述目标唤醒信号的相关检测的相关峰超过一个配置的或者预定义的阈值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)是指针对所述目标唤醒信号所携带的比特的CRC校验通过。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)的评判标准是实现相关的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号被检测到(detected)的评判标准并不需要标准协议定义的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是否被检测到(detected)是实现相关的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是否被检测到(detected)是在满足相应的要求(requirement)的情况下实现相关的。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号是否被检测到(detected)是实现相关的，所述目标唤醒信号的检测满足相应的漏检概率(miss detection probability/rate)、错检概率(false detection probability/rate)、虚警概率(false alarm probability/rate)这三项要求(requirement)中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号携带所述第一设备组的索引或者标识。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号所携带的比特块中至少包括1个比特被用于所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块中至少包括1个比特被用于(for)所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块中至少包括1个比特对应所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：包括所述第一设备组的索引或者标识的比特块被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：包括被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一设备组的比特的比特块被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号所携带的对应所述第一设备组的至少1个比特的比特值被置为预定义的值(“1”或者“0”)。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述预定义的值是代表被唤醒的比特值。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，对应所述第一设备组的比特在所述目标唤醒信号所携带的多个比特中的位置是配置的或者是预定义。作为上述 实施例的一个附属实施例，对应所述第一设备组的比特在所述目标唤醒信号所携带的多个比特中的位置和所述第一设备组的标识或索引有关。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，对应所述第一设备组的比特在所述目标唤醒信号所携带的多个比特中的位置和所述第一节点设备的标识有关。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号被用于至少唤醒所述第一设备组所包括的至少1个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号被用于至少指示所述第一设备组所包括的至少1个用户设备去监测寻呼PDCCH或者PEI。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号被用于至少唤醒所述第一设备组所包括的至少1个用户设备的完整基带处理功能。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号被用于至少指示所述第一设备组所包括的至少1个用户设备的启动完整的基带处理功能。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号没有携带针对所述第一设备组的指示。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号仅携带了针对所述第一设备组的指示之外的信息。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号没有携带所述第一设备组的索引或者标识。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号所携带的比特块中没有包括任何比特专门被用于所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块中没有包括任何比特被专门用于(for)所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块中没有包括任何1个比特专门对应所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块不包括所述第一设备组的索引或者标识。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块不包括被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一设备组的比特。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号所携带的对应所述第一设备组的至少1个比特的比特值被置为预定义的值(“0”或者“1”)。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述预定义的值是代表不被唤醒的比特值。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，对应所述第一设备组的比特在所述目标唤醒信号所携带的多个比特中的位置是配置的或者是预定义。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，对应所述第一设备组的比特在所述目标唤醒信号所携带的多个比特中的位置和所述第一设备组的标识或索引有关。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，对应所述第一设备组的比特在所述目标唤醒信号所携带的多个比特中的位置和所述第一节点设备的标识有关。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号仅被用于唤醒所述第一设备组之外的用户设备。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号仅被用于指示所述第一设备组之外的用户设备去监测寻呼PDCCH或者PEI。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号仅被用于唤醒所述第一设备组之外的用户设备的完整基带处理功能。
作为一个实施例，“所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”包括：所述目标唤醒信号仅被用于指示所述第一设备组之外的用户设备启动完整的基带处理功能。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时”和“如果所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“是否监测所述第一信令”和“是否被要求(required)监测所述第一信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“是否监测所述第一信令”和“监测所述第一信令是否是强制(mandatory)”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“是否监测所述第一信令”和“是否期望(expected)监测所述第一信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被本 申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块和所述目标唤醒信号这两者都被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被所述第一节点设备用于确定是否被要求(required)监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号所携带的信息比特中的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块中的至少1个比特被用于显式地或者隐式地指示是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的比特块中的至少1个域被用于显式地或者隐式地指示是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和被用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的序列有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和用于生成所述目标唤醒信号的调制(OOK还是FSK)有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和所述目标唤醒信号所携带的比特的数量有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和所述目标唤醒信号所占用的时频资源的数量或者位置有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和所述目标唤醒信号所针对的设备组有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和所述目标唤醒信号所唤醒的设备组有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：是否监测所述第一信令和所述目标唤醒信号所唤醒的用户设备有关。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于指示所述目标唤醒信号是否被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分使能(enable)或打开(on)所述目标唤醒信号确定是否监测所述第一信令时，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号；否则，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述第一信息块的配置或指示。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分使能(enable)或打开(on)所述目标唤醒信号确定是否监测所述第一信令时，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号；否则，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于RRC信令的配置或指示。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分使能(enable)或打开(on)所述目标唤醒信号确定是否监测所述第一信令时，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号；否则，是否监测所述第一信令是预定义的或者是缺省或默认(default)的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分使能(enable)或打开(on)所述目标唤醒信号确定是否监测所述第一信令时，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号；否则，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述第一节点设备的能力。
作为一个实施例，“是否监测所述第二信令”和“是否被要求(required)监测所述第二信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“是否监测所述第二信令”和“监测所述第二信令是否是强制(mandatory)”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，“是否监测所述第二信令”和“是否期望(expected)监测所述第二信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被监测，检测到的所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被检测到，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被监测并且被检测到，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：当所述第一信令被监测并且被检测到时，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；否则，是否监测所述第二信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号或所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：当所述第一信令被监测并且被检测到时，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；否则，所述第二信令被监测。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被用于指示至少1个设备组，所述第一设备组是否是所述第一信令所指示的至少1个设备组中的之一被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被用于指示至少1个设备组，所述第一节点设备是否属于所述第一信令所指示的1个设备组被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被用于指示至少1个设备组，所述第一节点设备是否同时属于所述第一信令所指示的1个设备组和所述第一设备组被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被用于指示至少1个设备组；当所述第一节点设备属于所述第一信令所指示的1个设备组时，所述第一节点设备监测所述第二信令；否则，所述第一节点设备不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被用于指示至少1个设备组；当所述第一节点设备同时属于所述第一信令所指示的1个设备组和所述第一设备组时，所述第一节点设备监测所述第二信令；否则，所述第一节点设备不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一信令被监测时，所述第一信令被用于指示是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述第一信令被监测并且被检测到(detected)时，所述第一信令被用于指示是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”和“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求(required)监测所述第二信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”和“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者自行决定是否监测所述第二信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”和“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者可以不监测所述第二信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”和“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者被允许放弃监测所述第二信令”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号是否携带针对所述第一设备组的指示分别被用于使能(enable)或去使能(disable)所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“当并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号被检测到，所述目标唤醒信号是否携带针对所述第一设备组的指示分别被用于使能(enable)或去使能(disable)所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“当并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号被检测到，所述目标唤醒信号是否携带针对所述第一设备组的指示、所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这三者中的1者或者2或3者的结合被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者自行决定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，是否监测所述第一信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的能力。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不期望(或不能假定)检测到的所述第一信令指示所述目标唤醒信号的监测者被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不期望(或不能假定)检测到的所述第一信令指示包括所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的设备组所对应的比特的比特值等于“1”。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者是否监测所述第一 信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的能力。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者是否监测所述第一信令是预定义的或者可配置的或者是缺省或默认的(default)。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号的监测者支持监测所述第一信令时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不支持监测所述第一信令时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号的监测者支持监测所述第一信令时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不支持监测所述第一信令时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块之外的信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块之外的信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
实施例2
实施例2示例了根据本申请的一个网络架构的示意图，如附图2所示。附图2说明了5G NR，LTE(Long-Term Evolution，长期演进)及LTE-A(Long-Term Evolution Advanced，增强长期演进)系统的网络架构200的图。5G NR或LTE网络架构200可称为5GS(5G System)/EPS(Evolved Packet System，演进分组系统)200某种其它合适术语。5GS/EPS200可包括一个或一个以上UE(User Equipment，用户设备)201，NG-RAN(下一代无线接入网络)202，5GC(5G Core Network,5G核心网)/EPC(Evolved Packet Core，演进分组核心)210，HSS(Home Subscriber Server，归属签约用户服务器)/UDM(Unified Data Management,统一数据管理)220和因特网服务230。5GS/EPS可与其它接入网络互连，但为了简单未展示这些实体/接口。如图所示，5GS/EPS提供包交换服务，然而所属领域的技术人员将容易了解，贯穿本申请呈现的各种概念可扩展到提供电路交换服务的网络或其它蜂窝网络。NG-RAN包括NR/演进节点B(gNB/eNB)203和其它gNB(eNB)204。gNB(eNB)203提供朝向UE201的用户和控制平面协议终止。gNB(eNB)203可经由Xn/X2接口(例如，回程)连接到其它gNB(eNB)204。gNB(eNB)203也可称为基站、基站收发台、无线电基站、无线电收发器、收发器功能、基本服务集合(BSS)、扩展服务集合(ESS)、TRP(发送接收节点)或某种其它合适术语。gNB(eNB)203为UE201提供对5GC/EPC210的接入点。UE201的实例包括蜂窝式电话、智能电话、会话起始协议(SIP)电话、膝上型计算机、个人数字助理(PDA)、卫星无线电、非地面基站通信、卫星移动通信、全球定位系统、多媒体装置、视频装置、数字音频播放器(例如，MP3播放器)、相机、游戏控制台、无人机、飞行器、窄带物联网设备、机器类型通信设备、陆地交通工具、汽车、可穿戴设备，或任何其它类似功能装置。所属领域的技术人员也可将UE201称为移动台、订户台、移动单元、订户单元、无线单元、远程单元、移动装置、无线装置、无线通信装置、远程装置、移动订户台、接入终端、移动终端、无线终端、远程终端、手持机、用户代理、移动客户端、客户端或某个其它合适术语。gNB(eNB)203通过S1/NG接口连接到5GC/EPC210。5GC/EPC210包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体)/AMF(Authentication Management Field,鉴权管理域)/SMF(Session Management Function，会话管理功能)211、其它MME/AMF/SMF214、S-GW(Service Gateway，服务网关)/UPF(User Plane Function，用户面功能)212以及P-GW(Packet Date Network Gateway，分组数据网络网关)/UPF213。MME/AMF/SMF211是处理UE201与5GC/EPC210之间的信令的控制节点。大体上，MME/AMF/SMF211提供承载和连接管理。所有用户IP(Internet Protocal，因特网协议)包是通过S-GW/UPF212传送，S-GW/UPF212自身连接到P-GW/UPF213。P-GW提供UE IP地址分配以及其它功能。P-GW/UPF213连接到因特网服务230。因特网服务230包括运营商对应因特网协议服务，具体可包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem，IP多媒体子系统)和包交换串流服务。
作为一个实施例，所述UE201对应本申请中的所述第一节点设备。
作为一个实施例，所述gNB(eNB)201对应本申请中的所述第二节点设备。
实施例3
实施例3示出了根据本申请的一个用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图，如附图3所示。图3是说明用于用户平面350和控制平面300的无线电协议架构的实施例的示意图，图3用三个层展示用于第一节点设备(UE或gNB)和第二节点设备(gNB或UE)的控制平面300的无线电协议架构：层1、层2和层3。层1(L1层)是最低层且实施各种PHY(物理层)信号处理功能。L1层在本文将称为PHY301。层2(L2层)305在PHY301之上，且负责通过PHY301在第一节点设备与第二节点设备之间的链路。L2层305包括MAC(Medium Access Control，媒体接入控制)子层302、RLC(Radio Link Control，无线链路层控制协议)子层303和PDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol，分组数据汇聚协议)子层304，这些子层终止于第二节点设备处。PDCP子层304提供不同无线电承载与逻辑信道之间的多路复用。PDCP子层304还提供通过加密数据包而提供安全性，以及提供第二节点设备之间的对第一节点设备的越区移动支持。RLC子层303提供上部层数据包的分段和重组装，丢失数据包的重新发射以及数据包的重排序以补偿由于HARQ造成的无序接收。MAC子层302提供逻辑与传输信道之间的多路复用。MAC子层302还负责在第一节点设备之间分配一个小区中的各种无线电资源(例如，资源块)。MAC子层302还负责HARQ操作。控制平面300中的层3(L3层)中的RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线电资源控制)子层306负责获得无线电资源(即，无线电承载)且使用第二节点设备与第一节点设备之间的RRC信令来配置下部层。用户平面350的无线电协议架构包括层1(L1层)和层2(L2层)，在用户平面350中用于第一节点设备和第二节点设备的无线电协议架构对于物理层351，L2层355中的PDCP子层354，L2层355中的RLC子层353和L2层355中的MAC子层352来说和控制平面300中的对应层和子层大体上相同，但PDCP子层354还提供用于上部层数据包的标头压缩以减少无线电发射开销。用户平面350中的L2层355中还包括SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol，服务数据适配协议)子层356，SDAP子层356负责QoS流和数据无线承载(DRB，Data Radio Bearer)之间的映射，以支持业务的多样性。虽然未图示，但第一节点设备可具有在L2层355之上的若干上部层，包括终止于网络侧上的P-GW处的网络层(例如，IP层)和终止于连接的另一端(例如，远端UE、服务器等等)处的应用层。
作为一个实施例，附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第一节点设备。
作为一个实施例，附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第二节点设备。
实施例4
实施例4示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一节点设备和第二节点设备的示意图，如附图4所示。
在第一节点设备(450)中可以包括控制器/处理器490，数据源/缓存器480，接收处理器452，发射器/接收器456和发射处理器455，发射器/接收器456包括天线460。
在第二节点设备(410)中可以包括控制器/处理器440，数据源/缓存器430，接收处理器412，发射器/接收器416和发射处理器415，发射器/接收器416包括天线420。
在DL(Downlink，下行)中，上层包，比如本申请中的第一信息块所包括的高层信息、第一信令所包括的高层信息(如果第一信令包括高层信息的话)和第二信令所包括的高层信息(如果第二信令包括高层信息的话)提供到控制器/处理器440。控制器/处理器440实施L2层及以上层的功能。在DL中，控制器/处理器440提供包头压缩、加密、包分段和重排序、逻辑与输送信道之间的多路复用，以及基于各种优先级量度对第一节点设备450的无线电资源分配。控制器/处理器440还负责HARQ操作、丢失包的重新发射，和到第一节点设备450的信令，比如本申请中的第一信息块所包括的高层信息、第一信令所包括的高层信息(如果第一信令包括高层信息的话)和第二信令所包括的高层信息(如果第二信令包括高层信息的话)在控制器/处理器440中生成。发射处理器415实施用于L1层(即，物理层)的各种信号处理功能，包括编码、交织、加扰、调制、功率控制/分配、预编码和物理层控制信令生成等，比如携带本申请中的第一信息块的物理层信号、目标唤醒信号的物理层信号、第一信令所对应的物理层信号和第二信令所对应的物理层信号的生成在发射处理器415完成。生成的调制符号分成并行流并将每一流映射到相应的多载波子载波和/或多载波符号，然后由发射处理器415经由发射器416映射到天线420以射频信号的形式发射出去。在接收端，每一接收器456通过其相应天线460接收射频信号，每一接收器456恢复调制到射频载波上的基带信息，且将基带信息提供到接收处理器452。接收处理器452实施L1层的各种信号接收处理功能。信号接收处理功能包括对携带本申请中的第一信息块的物理层信号、目标唤醒信号的监测、第一信令的监测和第二信令的监测，通过多载波符号流中的多载波符号进行基于各种调制方案(例如，二元相移键控(BPSK)、正交相移键控(QPSK))的解调，随后解扰，解码和解交织以恢复在物理信道上由第二节点设备410发射的数据或者控制，随后将数据和控制信号提供到控制器/处理器490。控制器/处理器490负责L2层及以上层，控制器/处理器490对本申请中的第一信息块所包括的高层信息、第一信令所包括的高层信息(如果第一信令包括高层信息的话)和第二信令所包括的高层信息(如果第二信令包括高层信息的话)进行解读。控制器/处理器可与存储程序代码和数据的存储器480相关联。存储器480可称为计算 机可读媒体。
在上行(UL)传输中，和下行传输类似，高层信息包括本申请中的第二信息块所包括的高层信息在控制器/处理器490生成后经过发射处理器455实施用于L1层(即，物理层)的各种信号发射处理功能，包括携带第二信息块的物理层信号的生成在发射处理器455完成，然后由发射处理器455经由发射器456映射到天线460以射频信号的形式发射出去。接收器416通过其相应天线420接收射频信号，每一接收器416恢复调制到射频载波上的基带信息，且将基带信息提供到接收处理器412。接收处理器412实施用于L1层(即，物理层)的各种信号接收处理功能，包括接收处理携带第二信息块的物理层信号，随后将数据和/或控制信号提供到控制器/处理器440。在控制器/处理器440实施L2层的功能包括对高层信息进行解读，包括第二信息块所携带的高层信息的解读。控制器/处理器可与存储程序代码和数据的缓存器430相关联。缓存器430可以为计算机可读媒体。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备450装置包括：至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码；所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用，所述第一节点设备450装置至少：接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备450装置包括：一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器，所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作，所述动作包括：接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第二节点设备410装置包括：至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器，所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码；所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用。所述第二节点设备410装置至少：发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；发送第一信令和发送第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第二节点设备410包括：一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器，所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作，所述动作包括：发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；发送第一信令和发送第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一节点设备450是一个用户设备(UE)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二节点设备410是一个基站设备(gNB/eNB)。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中接收所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)被用于本申请中监测目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中监测第一信令。
作为一个实施例，接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中监测第二信令。
作为一个实施例，发射器456(包括天线460)，发射处理器455和控制器/处理器490被用于本申请中发送所述第二信息块。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于发送本申请中的所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)被用于发送目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于本申请中发送第一信令。
作为一个实施例，发射器416(包括天线420)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440被用于本申请中发送第二信令。
作为一个实施例，接收器416(包括天线420)，接收处理器412和控制器/处理器440被用于接收本申请中的所述第二信息块。
实施例5
实施例5示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图，如附图5所示。在附图5中，第二节点设备N500是第一节点设备U550的服务小区的维持基站。特别说明的是本示例中的顺序并不限制本申请中的信号传输顺序和实施的顺序。
对于第二节点设备N500，在步骤S501中接收第二信息块，在步骤S502中发送第一信息块，在步骤S503中发送目标唤醒信号，在步骤S504中发送第一信令，在步骤S505中发送第二信令。
对于第一节点设备U550，在步骤S551中发送第二信息块，在步骤S552中接收第一信息块，在步骤S553中监测目标唤醒信号，在步骤S554中监测第一信令，在步骤S555中监测第二信令。
在实施例5中，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令；所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
作为一个实施例，通过第二信息块指示每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收，从而可以更加灵活的考虑接收机的性能，优化唤醒信号的配置和接收性能。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备的能力(capability)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备接收唤醒信号的能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于指示所述第一节点设备同时具备接收唤醒信号和接收PEI的能力。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块通过空中接口或者无线接口传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还通过X2接口、Xn接口或NG接口传递。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还在网络节点之间传递。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被网络节点通过RAN接口接收后还被传递给另一个网络节点或者传递给核心网。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被网络节点通过Uu接口接收后还被传递给另一个网络节点或者传递给核心网。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括了高层信令或者物理层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块早于所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块晚于所述第一信息块。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括了RRC信令中的全部或部分，或者所述第二信息块包括了MAC层信令中的全部或部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块通过PUSCH或PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel，物理上行控制信道)传输。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块是每用户设备的(per UE)，或者所述第二信息块是每特征集合(per feature set)的，或者所述第二信息块是每频带(per band)的，或者所述第二信息块是每频带组合的(per band combination)，或者所述第二信息块是每频带列表的(per band list)，或者所述第二信息块是每频率范围的(per frequency range)，或者所述第二信息块是每双工类型的(per duplex mode)。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块和频率范围有关。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块和双工类型(TDD还是FDD)有关。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括“UE-RadioPagingInfo”中的全部或者部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括“UERadioPagingInformation”中的全部或者部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括“UE-NR-Capability-v1900”中的全部或者部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括“LPWUS-Parameters-v1900”中的全部或者部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块包括“lpwus-SubgroupingSupportBandList-r19”中的全部或者部分。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块被用于指示寻呼所需的UE能力。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的全部或者部分被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于显式地或者隐式地指示至少1个频带。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的全部或者部分被本申请中的所述第二节点设备用于显式地或者隐式地指示至少1个频带。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的全部或者部分被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于向本申请中的所述第二节点设备显式地或者隐式地指示至少1个频带。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的全部或者部分被本申请中的所述第二节点设备用于向另一个网络节点或者核心网显式地或者隐式地指示至少1个频带。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块所包括的全部或者部分被本申请中的所述第二节点设备用于向另一个网络节点或者核心网显式地或者隐式地指示至少1个频带。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于指示一个频带列表(List)。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带”包括以下含义：所述第二信息块被用于指示支持监测(或接收)唤醒信号的频带。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块所指示的频带的数量不大于1024。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述第一节点设备所支持的接收机参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述第一节点设备所支持的接收机类型。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述第一节点设备所支持的唤醒信号的接收参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述第一节点设备所支持的唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者具有在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上监测(或接收)唤醒信号的能力。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对被用于寻呼唤醒的信号或者指示的接收。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对被用于DRX唤醒的信号或者指示的接收。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对寻呼的唤醒。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对寻呼的提前指示。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对具有给定的1个或者多个配置参数值的唤醒信号的接收。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收并且支持给定的唤醒信号接收机类型。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收并且支持给定的唤醒信号接收机能力。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收并且支持给定的唤醒信号接收机参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述目标唤醒信号的监测者支持X1个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述目标唤醒信号的监测者支持针对唤醒信号的多个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信息块还被用于指示所述目标唤醒信号的监测者支持对用户设备进行分组(或分子组)。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持{对唤醒信号的接收(或监测)、对具有给定的1个或者多个配置参数值的唤醒信号的接收(或监测)、对用户设备进行分组(或者分子组)、支持针对唤醒信号的多个配置集合}这四者中的1者或者任意多者的组合。
实施例6
实施例6示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的另一幅无线信号传输流程图，如附图6所示。在附图6中，第二节点设备N600是第一节点设备U650的服务小区的维持基站。特别说明的是本示例中的顺序并不限制本申请中的信号传输顺序和实施的顺序。
对于第二节点设备N600，在步骤S601中接收第二信息块，在步骤S602中发送第一信息块。
对于第一节点设备U650，在步骤S651中发送第二信息块，在步骤S652中接收第一信息块，在步骤S653中监测目标唤醒信号。
在实施例6中，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令；所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
实施例7
实施例7示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标唤醒信号的示意图，如附图7所示。在附图7中，每个矩形代表一次操作，每个菱形代表一次判断，从步骤701中开始，在步骤702中判断目标唤醒信号是否被检测到，在步骤703中放弃监测第二信令，在步骤704中判断目标唤醒信号是否携带针对第一设备组的指示，在步骤705中判断是否监测第一信令，在步骤706中监测第二信令，在步骤707中判断是否监测第二信令；特别需要指出的，步骤的序号只是作为一个示例中的步骤标识，并不限制各个步骤之间的执行的先后顺序。
在实施例7中，本申请中的所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测本申请中的所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测本申请中的所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，在目标唤醒信号未被检测到时监测第一信令并且根据第一信令来确定是否监测第二信令，从而支持在功率消耗和虚警性能之间进行优化设计。
作为一个实施例，在目标唤醒信号未被检测到时放弃监测第二信令，进一步节省功率消耗。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指在分配给所述目标唤醒信号的时频资源上没有检测到任何的唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指在分配给所述目标唤醒信号的时频资源和序列资源上没有检测到任何的唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指所述目标唤醒信号所携带的信息没有被正确译码。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指在分配给所述目标唤醒信号的资源上没有检测到任何的唤醒信号的能量检测超过一个配置的或者预定义的阈值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指针对所述目标唤醒信号的包络检测的功率值没有超过一个配置的或者预定义的阈值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指针对所述目标唤醒信号的相关检测的相关峰没有超过一个配置的或者预定义的阈值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到是指针对所述目标唤醒信号所携带的比特的CRC校验没有通过。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且当所述第一信令被检测到时所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于 确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令；当所述第一信令被检测到时，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述第一信令未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令；当所述第一信令被检测到时，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述第一信令未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令；当所述第一信令被检测到时，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述第一信令未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者是否监测所述第二信令依赖于所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令；所述第一信令是否被检测到被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令；所述第一信令是否被检测以及当所述第一信令被检测到时的被检测到的所述第一信令都被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：当所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者执行第一行为或者执行第二行为；所述第一行为包括监测所述第一信令，其中所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；所述第二行为包括放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令，其中所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
实施例8
实施例8示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的G1个设备组的示意图，如附图8所示。在附图8中，每个填充的矩形代表G1个设备组中的一个设备组，不同的填充代表不同的设备组。
在实施例8中，本申请中的所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联，所述G1是大于1的正整数；第二设备组是所述G1个设备组中之一，本申请中的所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于所述第二设备组；所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测本申请中的所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述G1是可配置的或者是预定义的。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组是可配置的或者是预定义的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述G1个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块之外的信息块被用于确定所述G1个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组是子组(subgroup)。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组是IE“subgroupConfig”所配置的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组是PEI子组(subgroup)。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的一个设备组是核心网分配的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组是基于UE_ID划分的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中存在一个设备组是基于UE_ID划分的子组，所述G1个设备组中存在另一个设备组是核心网分配的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的任意两个设备组之间不相同。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中存在两个设备组之间相同。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中存在至少一个设备组是核心网分配的子组，所述G1个设备组 中存在一个设备组是由不支持核心网分配的用户设备组成。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组仅包括一个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述G1个设备组中的至少一个设备组都包括多个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是所述G1个设备组中的一个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组不是所述G1个设备组中的一个设备组。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令和所述G1个设备组都和同一个寻呼时机(Paging Occasion)相关联。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令和所述G1个设备组都是针对同一个寻呼时机(Paging Occasion)。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令和所述G1个设备组都是针对同一组寻呼时机(Paging Occasion)。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令所包括的信息比特分别和所述G1个设备组相对应。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令至少包括G1个比特，所述G1个比特分别和所述G1个设备组相对应。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令至少包括G1个比特，所述G1个比特分别被用于所述G1个设备组的寻呼早期指示。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令至少包括G1个比特，所述G1个比特分别被所述G1个设备组中的用户设备用于确定是否监测所关联的寻呼时机。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：所述第一信令被用于确定所述G1个设备组中的每个设备组中的设备是否监测所关联的寻呼时机。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联”包括以下含义：目标用户设备是所述G1个设备组中的一个设备组所包括的用户设备，所述第一信令至少包括G1个比特，所述G1个比特分别和所述G1个设备组相对应；如果所述目标用户设备所属的设备组所对应的比特值等于“1”，所述目标用户设备监测所关联的寻呼时机；否则所述目标用户设备不被要求监测所关联的寻呼时机。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令至少包括G1个比特，所述G1个比特分别和所述G1个设备组相对应，所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组的索引和所关联的寻呼时机的索引一起被用于确定所对应的比特的位置。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组和所述第一设备组完全相同。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组和所述第一设备组不相同。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组和所述第一设备组包括完全相同的用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组和所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备不完全相同。
作为一个实施例，存在一个用户设备仅属于所述第二设备组或所述第一设备组中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组包括所述第一设备组中的所有的用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组包括所述第二设备组中的所有的用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组是所述第一设备组的子集。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是所述第二设备组的子集。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组仅包括所述目标唤醒信号的监测者。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组还包括所述目标唤醒信号的监测者之外的用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组的指示值是所述第一信令所包括的所述第二设备组所对应的比特的比特值。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组的指示值是所述第一信令所包括针对所述第二设备组的比特的比特值。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组的指示值是所述第一信令所携带的DCI格式(format)中所包括的针对所述第二设备组的比特的比特值。
作为一个实施例，所述第二设备组的指示值是所述第一信令所包括的被用于所述第二设备组的寻呼指示的值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：如果所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值等于一个预定义的值， 所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令；否则，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：如果所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值等于“1”，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令；否则，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：如果所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值等于“1”，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者是否监测所述第二信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号或者所述第一信息块这两者中的至少之一；否则，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：如果所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值等于“1”，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令；否则，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者是否监测所述第二信令依赖于所述目标唤醒信号或者所述第一信息块这两者中的至少之一。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令”包括以下含义：如果所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示并且所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值等于“1”，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第二信令；否则，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第二信令。
实施例9
实施例9示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标配置集合的示意图，如附图9所示。在附图9中，每个矩形框代表X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合，交叉线填充的矩形框代表目标配置集合。
在实施例9中，本申请中的所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括至少1个配置参数值，所述X1是大于1的正整数；目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合，所述目标配置集合包括本申请中的所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；本申请中的所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，所述X1等于2。
作为一个实施例，所述X1大于2。
作为一个实施例，所述X1的上限值是固定的。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合仅包括一个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括多个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是一个IE(information element，信息单元)的值(或状态)。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是多个域(field)的值的组合。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是至少1个域(field)的值的组合。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是一个唤醒信号配置IE的值(或状态)。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是由一个IE所包括的所有的域的值组成。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合所包括的任意一个配置参数值是一个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合组成一个唤醒信号配置列表(List)。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是一个列表中所包括的元素。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合是同一个IE的两次配置。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合分别由同一个IE的两次分别配置的域的值组成。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合是两个相同的IE分别的值(或状态)。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合是两个相同的IE分别的配置。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合分别由两个相同的IE所分别配置的域的值组成。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合分别包括同一个IE的两次配置的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合分别包括同一个IE的两次配置的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合分别相同的域的组合的两次分别配置的 值组成。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意两个配置集合所分别包括的配置参数值是独立配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合是由唤醒信号配置列表中所包括的一个唤醒信号配置所包括的域的值组成。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中存在两个配置集合分别是两个不同的IE的值(或状态)。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中存在两个配置集合分别是两个不同的IE的分别的配置。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中存在两个配置集合分别包括不相同的域分别的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号的频域资源的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号的时域资源的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号所采用的序列资源的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号所携带的信息比特的数量的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号所采用的格式(format)的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号是否被用于指示PEI(Paging Early Indication，寻呼早期指示)的监测的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号是否被用于指示PS-RNTI加扰CRC的PDCCH的监测的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号的生成方式的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号的类型的域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合包括被用于配置唤醒信号的调制方式(OOK还是FSK)的域的值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述X1个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述X1个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述X1个配置集合中的部分配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的至少1个配置集合是默认或缺省(default)的配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合”包括以下含义：所述X1个配置集合属于一个配置集合列表(List)，所述第一信息块被用于向所述配置集合列表中添加(add)配置集合，或者所述第一信息块被用于从所述配置集合列表中释放(release)配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于向所述X1个配置集合所属的配置集合列表中添加配置集合，或者所述第一信息块被用于从所述X1个配置集合所属的配置集合列表中释放配置集合。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合所包括的任意一个配置参数值被用于配置所述目标唤醒信号。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合所包括的任意一个配置参数值是所述目标唤醒信号的配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合所包括的任意一个配置参数值是所述目标配置集合中的一个域的值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合仅包括所述目标唤醒信号的1个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合包括所述目标唤醒信号的多个配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合所包括的任意一个配置参数值被用于所述目标唤醒信号的监测。
作为一个实施例，所述目标配置集合还包括所述目标唤醒信号之外的信号的配置参数值。
作为一个实施例，“所述第一设备组的标识”和“所述第一设备组的索引”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识”和“所述第一节点设备被核心网分配的配置索引”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识”和“所述第一节点设备被核心网分配的子组索引”之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识是非负整数。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识是核心网分配的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识是所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的标识或者索引。
作为一个实施例，特征标识值等于所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的标识或者索引值，所述第一设备组所包括的每个用户设备被分配所述特征标识值，所述第一设备组的标识等于所述特征标识值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识等于所述第一设备组所包括的所有的用户设备被分别分配的相等的标识值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组所包括的每个用户设备被分配相等的一个标识值，所述第一设备组标识等于所述第一设备组所包括的任意一个用户设备被分配的相等的标识值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识是根据所述第一设备组所包括的用户设备的标识得到的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识是信令配置的或者是预定义的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识等于所包括的所有的用户设备的标识经过相同的数学运算所得到的一个相等的值。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组的标识是所述第一设备组在多个设备组中的索引。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一设备组的标识被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一设备组的标识对所述X1进行取模的值被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引或标识等于所述第一设备组的标识对所述X1进行取模的值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一设备组的标识被用于确定第一中间值，所述第一中间值对所述X1进行取模的值被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一设备组的标识根据预定义的映射关系或者表格关系被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引等于所述第一节点被核心网分配的配置集合索引。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引等于所述第一节点被核心网分配的子组的索引。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引等于所述第一设备组的标识。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一设备组的标识是所述第一节点被核心网分配的配置索引，所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引等于所述第一节点被核心网分配的配置索引。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备支持核心网分配配置索引(或标识)时，所述目标配置集合在所述X1个配置集合中的索引等于所述第一节点设备被核心网分配的配置索引(或标识)；否则，所述目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个预定义或固定的配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备支持核心网分配设备组(或子组)标识(或索引)时，所述第一节点设备被核心网分配的设备组(或子组)标识(或索引)被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合；否则，所述目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个预定义或固定的配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：当所述第一节点设备支持核心网分配设备组(或子组)标识(或索引)时，所述第一节点设备被核心网分配的设备组(或子组)标识(或索引)对所述X1取模的值被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合；否则，所述目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个预定义或固定的配置集合。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合”包括以下含义：所述第一设备组的标识被用于确定所述第二信令所占用的时机，所述第二信令所占用的实际被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
实施例10
实施例10示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一标识和第二标识的示意图，如附图10所示。在附图10中，每个斜线填充的矩形代表对应第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备，每个交叉线填充的矩形代表对应第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备，带箭头的虚线代表被分配了相应的标识。
在实施例10中，本申请中的所述第一设备组是X2个设备组中之一，X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组包括至少1个用户设备，所述X2是大于1的正整数；第一标识和第二标识分别是所述X2个标识中的两个不同的标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第一标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，引入回退或者是默认(缺省)的设备组，提供对不同能力的用户设备的支持，保证了系统的兼容性。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述X1。
作为一个实施例，所述X2大于本申请中的所述X1。
作为一个实施例，所述X2小于本申请中的所述X1。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述G1，所述X2个设备组就是本申请中的所述G1个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述G1，所述X2个设备组和本申请中的所述G1个设备组完全对应相同。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述G1，所述X2个设备组和本申请中的所述G1个设备组之间是等同的或者是可以互相替换使用的。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组和本申请中的所述G1个设备组不相同。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述G1，所述X2个设备组中存在一个设备组不是本申请中的所述G1个设备组中的设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述G1，所述G1个设备组中存在一个设备组不是所述X2个设备组中的设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2和本申请中的所述G1不相等。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述G1。
作为一个实施例，所述X2大于本申请中的所述G1，本申请中的所述G1个设备组中的任意一个设备组是所述X2个设备组中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述X2小于本申请中的所述G1，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组是本申请中的所述G1个设备组中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组和所述G1个设备组是分别独立配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组和所述G1个设备组分别是由两个信令或者两个域或者两个IE分别配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于2。
作为一个实施例，所述X2大于2。
作为一个实施例，所述X2是可配置的或预定义。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组是可配置的或预定义。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述X2个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块之外的信息块被用于确定所述X2个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组是子组(subgroup)。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组是IE“subgroupConfig”所配置的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组是PEI子组(subgroup)。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的一个设备组是核心网分配的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组是基于UE_ID划分的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中存在一个设备组是基于UE_ID划分的子组，所述X2个设备组中存在另一个设备组是核心网分配的子组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的任意两个设备组之间不相同。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中存在两个设备组之间相同。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中存在至少一个设备组是核心网分配的子组，所述X2个设备组中存在一个设备组是由不支持核心网分配的用户设备组成。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组仅包括一个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中的至少一个设备组都包括多个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是所述X2个设备组中的一个设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中的任意一个标识是非负整数。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中的任意一个标识是整数。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别被用于标识所述X2个设备组。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别和所述X2个设备组相关联。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别被用于所述X2个设备组。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别针对所述X2个设备组预定义或配置的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别是所述X2个设备组的标识。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别是针对所述X2个设备组分配的或配置的或缺省的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组”包括以下含义：所述X2个标识分别是针对所述X2个设备组的配置集合的标识或索引。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中存在一个标识是由核心网分配给所对应的设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中存在一个标识等于缺省值。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中存在一个标识等于所对应的设备组没有被分配或者配置时的缺省值。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中的任意一个标识等于本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合的标识或索引。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中的任意一个标识等于一个子组的标识或索引。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中的任意一个标识等于一个IE“subgroupConfig”所配置的子组的标识或索引。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中的任意一个标识等于一个PEI子组(subgroup)的标识或索引。
作为一个实施例，所述X2等于本申请中的所述X1，所述X2个标识和本申请中的所述X1个配置集合之间一一对应，所述目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中和所述第一设备组的标识相对应的配置集合。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述X2个标识和所述X1个配置集合之间的一一对应关系是预定义的或者是可配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述X2大于本申请中的所述X1，所述目标配置集合在本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的索引等于所述第一设备组的标识对所述X1取模的值。
作为一个实施例，所述X2大于本申请中的所述X1，所述X2个设备组被分成X1个设备集合，所述X1个设备集合和本申请中的所述X1个配置集合之间一一对应，所述目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的和所述第一设备组所属的设备集合相对应的配置集合。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述X1个设备集合和所述X1个配置集合之间的一一对应关系是预定义的或者是可配置的。
作为一个实施例，所述X2小于本申请中的所述X1，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组对应本申请中的所述X1个配置集合中的至少一个配置集合；当所述第一设备组对应所述X1个配置集合中的多个配置时，所述第二信令的时域位置被用于从所对应的多个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，所述第一标识和所述第二标识不相等。
作为一个实施例，所述第一标识和所述第二标识是独立的。
作为一个实施例，所述第一标识是所述X2个标识中之一，所述第二标识是所述X2个标识中之一。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备都被分配了 所述第一标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备都被核心网分配了所述第一标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备都被网络设备分配了所述第一标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备被核心网分配的一个标识或索引都等于所述第一标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被核心网分配了所述第一标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组仅包括一个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组包括多个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组是所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组是所述第一设备组之外的设备组。
作为一个实施例，“一个用户设备未被分配标识”包括以下含义：这个用户设备不支持被分配标识，或者这个用户设备支持被分配标识但是没有被分配标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备不支持被分配标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识，并且所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的另一个用户设备被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的任意一个用户设备或者不支持被分配标识或者未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的任意一个用户设备或者不支持被核心网分配标识或者没有被核心网分配标识或者被核心网分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的任意一个用户设备或者不支持被网络设备分配标识或者没有被网络设备分配标识或者被网络设备分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组是回退(fallback)的设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组是默认或缺省(default)的设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组仅包括一个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组包括多个用户设备。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组是所述第一设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组是所述第一设备组之外的设备组。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中还存在第三标识，所述第三标识和所述第一标识不相同，所述第三标识和所述第二标识不相同，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第三标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备不支持被分配标识。
作为一个实施例，所述X2个标识中还存在第三标识，所述第三标识和所述第一标识不相同，所述第三标识和所述第二标识不相同，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第三标识的设备组所包括的每个用户设备没有被分配标识。
实施例11
实施例11示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标唤醒信号、第一信令和第二信令之间的关系的示意图，如附图11所示。在附图11中，横轴代表时间，交叉线填充的矩形框代表目标唤醒信号，斜线填充的矩形框代表第一信令，十字线填充的矩形框代表第二信令，带箭头的虚线代表相应的关系。
在实施例11中，本申请中的所述第一信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述第一信令和本申请中的所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移，所述第一信息块被用于确定本申请中的所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移；所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，目标唤醒信号和第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测第一信令，考虑 了唤醒信号的处理延时，保证了产品的实现灵活性。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述第一信令所占用的时域时机和所述第二信令所占用的时域时机之间的位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述第一信令所占用的时域时机和所述第二信令所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)之间的位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述第一信令的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和所述第二信令的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述第一信令的起始时刻和所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)的起始时刻之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述第一信令所关联的或所属的帧的起始时刻和所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)的起始时刻之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一信令的起始时刻和参考帧的起始时刻之间所间隔的时域符号的数量，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述参考帧的起始时刻和所述第二信令在时域所关联的或所属的帧的起始时刻之间所间隔的帧的数量。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示第一偏移值和第二偏移值，所述第一偏移值等于所述第一信令的起始时刻和参考时刻之间的时间间隔长度，所述第二偏移值等于所述参考时刻和所述第二信令在时域所关联的或所属的帧的起始时刻之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述第一信令的起始时刻和参考帧的起始时刻之间所间隔的时域符号的数量，所述第一信息块被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述参考帧的起始时刻和所述第二信令所占用的寻呼时机所关联的或所属的寻呼帧的起始时刻之间所间隔的帧的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述目标唤醒信号所占用的时域时机和所述第二信令所占用的时域时机之间的位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述目标唤醒信号所占用的时域时机和所述第二信令所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)之间的位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和所述第二信令的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和参考时刻之间的时间间隔长度，所述参考时刻和所述第二信令的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移是所述目标唤醒信号所关联的或所属的帧的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移包括所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和参考帧(frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的时域符号的数量和所述参考帧的起始时刻(或截止时刻)与所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的帧(frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的帧的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移包括所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和参考子帧(subframe)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的时域符号的数量和所述参考子帧的起始时刻(或截止时刻)与所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的子帧的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的子帧的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移包括所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和参考时隙(slot)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的时域符号的数量和所 述参考时隙的起始时刻(或截止时刻)与所述第二信令在时域所关联的或者所属的时隙的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的子帧的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移包括所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和参考帧(frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的时域符号的数量和所述参考帧的起始时刻(或截止时刻)与所述第二信令所占用的寻呼时机所关联的或者所属的寻呼帧(paging frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间所间隔的帧的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移包括所述目标唤醒信号的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和参考帧(frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度和所述参考帧的起始时刻(或截止时刻)与所述第二信令所占用的寻呼时机所关联的或者所属的寻呼帧(paging frame)的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的先后关系。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的先后关系以及所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时间间隔长度。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号所占用的时域资源的起始时刻(或截止时刻)和所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个时间窗的起始时刻(或截止时刻)之间的时间间隔长度。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个时间窗包括至少1个时隙。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个时间窗包括至少1个帧。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个时间窗包括至少1个OFDM符号。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个时间窗包括至少1个DRX周期。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个时间窗是所述第二信令所占用的寻呼时机所关联(或所属)的时间窗。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号所占用的时域资源的起始时刻或者截止时刻。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移”包括以下含义：所述第一信息块被用于确定参考时刻以及所述目标唤醒信号所占用的时域资源的起始时刻或截止时刻与所述参考时刻之间的时间间隔长度。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置被用于确定所述参考时刻。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个帧被用于确定所述参考时刻。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第一信息块所包括的全部或者部分被用于显式地或者隐式地指示所述参考时刻和所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个帧的起始时刻之间的时间间隔长度。作为上述实施例的一个附属实施例，所述第二信令所关联(或所属)的一个DRX周期被用于确定所述参考时刻。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第二信令所属的寻呼时机所关联的设备组的数量。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块还被用于确定和所述目标唤醒信号相关联的寻呼时机的数量。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被所述目标唤醒信号的监测者用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定 是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域相对位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间在时域先后关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间在时域的时域间隔长度被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间在时域先后关系以及时域间隔长度被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述目标唤醒信号早于所述第一信令的时候，所述第一信令被监测；否则所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述目标唤醒信号早于所述第一信令的时候并且当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令；否则所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述目标唤醒信号比所述第一信令早了至少目标阈值的时候，所述第一信令被监测；否则所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第一信令；所述目标阈值是预定义的或者是可配置的或者是和所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的能力有关的。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令”包括以下含义：当所述目标唤醒信号比所述第一信令早了至少目标阈值并且当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示的时候，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令；否则所述目标唤醒信号的监测者不被要求监测所述第一信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所属的时隙(slot)的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所属的帧(frame)的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所属的子帧(subframe)的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所属的DRX(discontinuous reception，不连续接收)周期(cycle)的索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在所属的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在对应相同的一个或多个DRX周期的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在对应相同的一个或多个寻呼帧的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在对应相同的一个或多个时隙的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在对应相同的一个时间窗的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在网络侧的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的时机在所述第一节点设备所关联的多个时机中的顺序或者索引。
作为一个实施例，所述第二信令的时域位置是所述第二信令在时域所占用的寻呼时机的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识是所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的TMSI。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识是所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的5G-S-TMSI。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识是所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的一个RNTI。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识是所述目标唤醒信号的监测者被分配的一个ID。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识是所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity，国际移动用户标识)。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被本申请中的所述第一节点设备用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识按照预定义的运算规则被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令所关联(或所占用)的寻呼时机(PO，Paging Occasion)。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令在时域所关联(或所属的)的寻呼帧(PF，Paging Frame)。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括以下含义：所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令在时域所关联(或所占用)的寻呼时机(PO，Paging Occasion)，所述第二信令在时域所关联(或所占用)的寻呼时机和可配置的或者预定义的时域偏移一起被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括满足下式关系：
(SFN+PF_offset)mod T＝(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)
其中，SFN代表在时域包括所述第二信令或者包括所述第二信令的的起始点的PF，UE_ID代表所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识，T代表DRX周期，N代表在DRX周期中的PF的数量，PF_offset代表预定义或者配置的偏移值。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括满足下式关系：
i_s＝floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
其中，i_s代表所述第二信令在时域所关联(或所占用)的时机的索引，UE_ID代表所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识，N代表在DRX周期中的PF的数量，Ns针对一个PF的PO的数量。
作为一个实施例，技术特征“所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置”包括以下含义：所述第二信令是通过PDCCH传输的，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令所属的搜索空间集合的索引和/或类型。
实施例12
实施例12示例了一个实施例的第一节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图，如附图12所示。在附图12中，第一节点设备处理装置1200包括第一收发机1201和第一接收机1202。第一收发机1201包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452，发射处理器455和控制器/处理器490；第一接收机1202包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器456(包括天线460)，接收处理器452和控制器/处理器490；。
在实施例12中，第一收发机1201接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；第一接收机1202确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联，所述G1是大于1的正整数；第二设备组是所述G1个设备组中之一，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于所述第二设备组；所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括至少1个配置参数值，所述X1是大于1的正整数；目标配置集合是所述X1个配置 集合中的一个配置集合，所述目标配置集合包括所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，第一收发机1201发送第二信息块；其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是X2个设备组中之一，X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组包括至少1个用户设备，所述X2是大于1的正整数；第一标识和第二标识分别是所述X2个标识中的两个不同的标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第一标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移；所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
实施例13
实施例13示例了一个实施例的第二节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图，如附图13所示。在附图13中，第二节点设备处理装置1300包括第二收发机1301和第一发射机1302。第二收发机1301包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器416(包括天线460)，接收处理器412，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440；第一发射机1302包括本申请附图4中的发射器/接收器416(包括天线460)，发射处理器415和控制器/处理器440；。
在实施例13中，第二收发机1301发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；第一发射机1302发送第一信令和发送第二信令；其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联，所述G1是大于1的正整数；第二设备组是所述G1个设备组中之一，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于所述第二设备组；所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括至少1个配置参数值，所述X1是大于1的正整数；目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合，所述目标配置集合包括所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
作为一个实施例，第二收发机1301接收第二信息块；其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
作为一个实施例，所述第一设备组是X2个设备组中之一，X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组包括至少1个用户设备，所述X2是大于1的正整数；第一标识和第二标识分别是所述X2个标识中的两个不同的标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第一标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
作为一个实施例，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移；所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序来指令相关硬件完成，所述程序可以存储于计算机可读存储介质中，如只读存储器，硬盘或者光盘等。可选的，上述实施例的全部或部分步骤也可以使用一个或者多个集成电路来实现。相应的，上述实施例中的各模块单元，可以采用硬件形式实现，也可以由软件功能模块的形式实现，本申请不限于任何特定形式的软 件和硬件的结合。本申请中的第一节点设备或者第二节点设备或者UE或者终端包括但不限于手机，平板电脑，笔记本，上网卡，低功耗设备，eMTC设备，NB-IoT设备，车载通信设备，飞行器，飞机，无人机，遥控飞机等无线通信设备。本申请中的基站设备或者基站或者网络侧设备包括但不限于宏蜂窝基站，微蜂窝基站，家庭基站，中继基站，eNB，gNB，传输接收节点TRP，中继卫星，卫星基站，空中基站等无线通信设备。
本领域的技术人员应当理解，本发明可以通过不脱离其核心或基本特点的其它指定形式来实施。因此，目前公开的实施例无论如何都应被视为描述性而不是限制性的。发明的范围由所附的权利要求而不是前面的描述确定，在其等效意义和区域之内的所有改动都被认为已包含在其中。

Claims (10)

  1. 一种用于无线通信中的第一节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第一收发机，接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
    第一接收机，确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；
    其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述目标唤醒信号未被检测到；所述目标唤醒信号的监测者监测所述第一信令并且所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令，或者所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一信令和G1个设备组相关联，所述G1是大于1的正整数；第二设备组是所述G1个设备组中之一，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于所述第二设备组；所述第一信令所携带的所述第二设备组的指示值被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定X1个配置集合，所述X1个配置集合中的任意一个配置集合包括至少1个配置参数值，所述X1是大于1的正整数；目标配置集合是所述X1个配置集合中的一个配置集合，所述目标配置集合包括所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；所述第一设备组的标识被用于从所述X1个配置集合中确定所述目标配置集合。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一收发机发送第二信息块；其中，所述第二信息块被用于指示至少1个频带，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者在所述第二信息块所指示的每个频带上支持对唤醒信号的接收。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一设备组是X2个设备组中之一，X2个标识分别对应所述X2个设备组，所述X2个设备组中的任意一个设备组包括至少1个用户设备，所述X2是大于1的正整数；第一标识和第二标识分别是所述X2个标识中的两个不同的标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第一标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备被分配了所述第一标识，所述X2个设备组中对应所述第二标识的设备组所包括的一个用户设备未被分配标识或者被分配了所述第二标识。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备，其特征在于，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述第一信令和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号和所述第二信令之间的时域位置偏移；所述目标唤醒信号和所述第一信令之间的时域位置关系被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者的标识被用于确定所述第二信令的时域位置。
  8. 一种用于无线通信中的第二节点设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第二收发机，发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
    第一发射机，发送第一信令和发送第二信令；
    其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
  9. 一种用于无线通信中的第一节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第一信息块并且监测目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1 个配置参数值；
    确定是否监测第一信令和确定是否监测第二信令；
    其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定是否监测所述第一信令，所述第一信令被用于确定是否监测所述第二信令；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
  10. 一种用于无线通信中的第二节点中的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    发送第一信息块并且发送目标唤醒信号，所述第一信息块被用于确定所述目标唤醒信号的至少1个配置参数值；
    发送第一信令和发送第二信令；
    其中，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者属于第一设备组，所述第一设备组包括至少1个用户设备；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述第一信息块或者所述目标唤醒信号这两者中的至少之一被用于确定所述第一信令是否被监测，所述第一信令被用于确定所述第二信令是否被监测；当所述目标唤醒信号被检测到并且所述目标唤醒信号未携带针对所述第一设备组的指示时，所述目标唤醒信号的监测者放弃监测所述第二信令。
PCT/CN2023/138376 2022-12-23 2023-12-13 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置 WO2024131611A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211664836.2 2022-12-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024131611A1 true WO2024131611A1 (zh) 2024-06-27

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019157974A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的通信节点中的方法和装置
WO2018024152A1 (zh) 一种无线通信中的方法和装置
WO2018145607A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信中的方法和装置
WO2019104470A1 (zh) 一种被用于非授权频谱的基站设备中的方法和装置
WO2019006578A1 (zh) 一种被用于多天线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
WO2019006592A1 (zh) 一种被用于多天线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
WO2018103611A1 (zh) 一种用户设备和基站中的方法和设备
US20230037264A1 (en) Method and apparatus in user equipment and base station supporting random access
US20210392622A1 (en) Method and device used for discontinuous reception
WO2024131611A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN113365223B (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2024125276A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2020001247A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的通信节点中的方法和装置
CN113645006A (zh) 一种副链路无线通信的方法和装置
WO2023103924A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
US12028832B2 (en) Method and device for discontinuous reception
WO2024120119A1 (zh) 一种副链路无线通信的方法和装置
CN113709803B (zh) 一种副链路无线通信的方法和装置
WO2023045863A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN118250776A (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023051491A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023131145A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
US20210329600A1 (en) Method and device for discontinuous reception
WO2023284598A1 (zh) 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2023207708A1 (zh) 一种被用于无线通信的方法和装置